summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/43587-0.txt
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to '43587-0.txt')
-rw-r--r--43587-0.txt7089
1 files changed, 7089 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/43587-0.txt b/43587-0.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c7f22e0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/43587-0.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,7089 @@
+*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 43587 ***
+
+Transcriber's Note:
+
+ Inconsistent hyphenation and spelling in the original document have
+ been preserved. Obvious typographical errors have been corrected.
+
+ Italic text is denoted by _underscores_ and bold text by =equal
+ signs=.
+
+
+
+
+ Princeton Stories
+
+ By
+ Jesse Lynch Williams
+
+ _FOURTH EDITION_
+
+ Charles Scribner's Sons
+ New York 1895
+
+
+
+
+ _Copyright, 1895, by
+ Charles Scribner's Sons_
+
+ TROW DIRECTORY
+ PRINTING AND BOOKBINDING COMPANY
+ NEW YORK
+
+
+
+
+To '92
+
+
+
+
+TABLE OF CONTENTS
+
+
+ PAGE
+
+ THE WINNING OF THE CANE, 1
+
+ THE MADNESS OF POLER STACY, 37
+
+ THE HAZING OF VALLIANT, 67
+
+ HERO WORSHIP, 89
+
+ THE RESPONSIBILITY OF LAWRENCE, 105
+
+ FIXING THAT FRESHMAN, 139
+
+ THE SCRUB QUARTER-BACK, 177
+
+ WHEN GIRLS COME TO PRINCETON, 193
+
+ THE LITTLE TUTOR, 209
+
+ COLLEGE MEN, 241
+
+ THE MAN THAT LED THE CLASS, 277
+
+
+_Acknowledgements are due Messrs. Harper & Brothers for permission
+to republish "The Scrub Quarter-Back" and "When Girls Come to
+Princeton."_
+
+
+
+
+THE WINNING OF THE CANE
+
+
+The modern Cane Spree is held in broad daylight on University Field.
+It is a vastly different affair from the Spree we used to watch with
+chattering teeth at midnight, kneeling on the wet grass in front of
+Witherspoon, with a full moon watching over West College and Mat.
+Goldie and two assistants waiting by the lamp-post to join in the
+fierce rush which followed each bout.
+
+Nowadays it is one of the regular events of the Annual Fall Handicap
+Games, and is advertised in large special feature letters on the
+posters hanging in the shop windows and on the bulletin elm. It is a
+perfectly proper and legitimate proceeding, and is watched like any
+other field event from the bleachers and Grand Stand, with girls there
+to catch their breath and say "Oh!" The class that wins is glad. They
+cheer awhile and then watch the final heat of the 2.20.
+
+In our day you could seldom see much of anything, and there was
+nothing proper about it. But it was one of the things a fellow lived
+for, like Thanksgiving games and Spring Term. To win a cane for one's
+class was an honor of a lifetime, like playing on the 'Varsity, or
+winning the Lynde debate. Men are still pointed out when back at
+Commencement as the light or middle weight spreers of their class, and
+a member of the faculty is famous for having "described a parabola
+with his opponent." This trick and a book called "Basal Concepts in
+Philosophy" bear his name, though it is maintained by some that he is
+more proud of the book.
+
+This is to be a story of "How we used to do when we were in college."
+It would not do to revive the ancient cane spree. Things have changed
+since then. We are a university now. We mustn't behave like a college
+any longer. Besides, it was bad for the football men and training
+hours. But all the same, those old times were fun while they lasted.
+Weren't they?
+
+ * * * * *
+
+High up over Clio Hall hung a moon, which a night or two before had
+been full. Over there, on the balconies of Witherspoon, blue and red
+and green lights were flaring. On the grass-plot in front was a huge
+black circle. This was made up of the College of New Jersey.
+
+Their hats were off, and the red and the green and the blue mingled
+with the moonlight and glared upon the bare heads and the white of
+the faces with an effect as ghastly as it sounds.
+
+The elms over toward Reunion and West cast long ugly-looking shadows.
+Beyond these everything seemed far away and dark and silent. Yet only
+a few hours before this same spot had served the innocent purpose of
+batting up flies and kicking footballs for points, with fellows
+shouting in loud, careless voices, "Aw! Come off! That was over the
+line!"
+
+The circle was not yet perfectly formed. The crowd shivered and
+fidgeted, and borrowed lights of one another. Those behind called
+"Down in front!" And everyone wished it would begin. Some fellows kept
+edging in and were shoved back again by those appointed for that
+purpose. A few were moving about inside the circle displaying rolls of
+bills with which they made bets, and a great impression on
+under-classmen of a certain sort. The night was to be clear and
+frosty, and the strain on the nerves tremendous. So all those who
+believed in artificial warmth had it in their pockets, and some who
+did not.
+
+For a month it had been, next to football, the most discussed topic at
+dinner-tables. Almost as soon as the rush was over--the annual cannon
+rush of the second night of the term without which the freshmen would
+not have considered themselves a class, while the underclassmen were
+still occupied in hazing and being hazed, and putting up and pulling
+down each other's proclamations throughout the state, and painting and
+repainting water-towers, and losing sleep in other good causes; in
+short, early in the term the candidates for the spreeing positions
+went into training, and they had been spreeing vigorously every night
+since--the freshmen back of the chapel and the sophs on the South
+Campus, about where Brown Hall now stands.
+
+All sorts of rumors and counter-rumors had floated about the campus.
+The sophomores were frightened about a hinted-at dark horse of the
+freshmen, only they did not show it; and the freshmen were scared to
+death at the confident air of the well-known champion of the
+sophomores, and tried not to show it. And each was awed at the
+mysterious air of the other, and both had betted more than they had
+any business to on the result, and were now lined up in front of
+Witherspoon. All were as excited as they cared to be, and they had
+been cheering for themselves since nine o'clock. The cheers echoed in
+the frosty air from dark West and bright Witherspoon, and from far
+away first Church.
+
+The sophomores were closely massed in the segment of the circle on the
+higher ground toward Reunion. Their cheering sounded blatant, and to
+the freshmen sickeningly confident. And the freshmen--they were
+opposite, with their sweet scared faces still more closely huddled
+together. Each freshman had his little cap safely tucked away in his
+innermost pocket, and none of them was saying a word, except when he
+opened his mouth to cheer with all his heart for his dear class. It
+was all new to them. They only waited and waited with the same aching
+suspense that you had on Thanksgiving-day, when you saw the referee
+toss the coin and one team take the ball while the other crouched, and
+then waited and waited, and you felt certain that something awful was
+the matter, but you did not know what.
+
+Presently, though no official sign was given, every one felt that the
+important moment was at hand. The cheering sounded as if
+reinforcements had arrived. A compact circle was now formed by
+composite consent. Those in the front row sat down on the grass and
+caught cold. The next row kneeled. Those behind leaned on them, and so
+on back to those who stood on tip-toe and craned their necks for an
+occasional glimpse. Outside the circle, over by the Witherspoon
+lamp-post, leaned Proctor Matthew Goldie, Esquire, in a careless
+attitude.
+
+Everyone's heart jumped up a little when a voice cried, "Here they
+come!" as though it were he who had to spree.
+
+Led by their coachers, the two light weights scudded out mysteriously
+from different wings of Witherspoon with overcoats wrapped about them.
+As they crossed the light, the crowd, which had hushed for a moment,
+broke out in wild prolonged cheering; the two upper classes, who were
+not immediately interested, joined in. So did the sporting gentlemen
+of the town, and even the little muckers cheered shrilly for their
+favorite class.
+
+A path was forced through the crowd, and the two nimble light weights
+began peeling their sweaters. The sophomore was dressed in black, the
+freshman in pure white. They resined their hands. Everyone felt
+things.
+
+The referee held out the stout piece of hickory called cane by
+courtesy. He put the freshman's hands outside. The cheering ceased.
+Mat. Goldie stretched and changed his position.
+
+There was a hurting stillness as they stood there with their feet
+braced, frozen in the ghastly glare, the one in white and the one in
+black, while the referee said, in earnest tones, "Are you ready,
+freshman?"
+
+You could see his chest filling up from the bottom as he answered,
+"Um."
+
+"Are you ready, sophomore?"
+
+"Yes."
+
+"Spree!"
+
+One of them dropped as if shot, the other followed him down, both
+turned over, each began struggling and straining; the coachers began
+coaching, the referee dropped down on his knees to see fair play, and
+then someone in the rear said, "Down in front!" in healthy, human
+tones, and you came to yourself and remembered that this was only a
+struggle for class honor, after all, and that whichever way it came
+out it was not going to kill you. Then you breathed.
+
+Meanwhile, locked up in a room in East Middle Witherspoon, wrapped in
+sweaters and blankets, were five other freshmen, and to them the
+strain was worst of all. These were the other freshmen spreers, the
+light weight, the middle weight, and the three substitutes. They could
+only wait and listen and try to guess from the sound of the cheers
+which side had the advantage. It was too far off to distinguish
+anything but a ring with something undefined inside. The juniors said
+they must not go out on the balcony or get excited. This was easy to
+say.
+
+While the crowd was in the room and fellows were clattering up and
+down the stairs and everyone was talking and the crowd outside was
+making a noise, it was not so bad. But now it was so silent they could
+almost hear the two contestants straining and wrenching below. Now and
+then the shrill, earnest voice of a coacher would cut through the
+silence. "Now! Now!" with an echo from the Presbyterian Church. "Right
+over with him. Remember what I told you." Once the middle weight arose
+from the divan; then he sat down again. A little later one of the subs
+whistled two bars of a tune and stopped as if he had forgotten
+something. Once in a while someone glanced at one of the others and
+then looked away again. They did not say much.
+
+The only one who did not seem to mind it was Hill, the substitute
+heavy weight, and that was only because he had not sense enough. He
+was a big, thick-headed, sleepy-looking farmer, and the only reason he
+was up here with these nimble athletes was that he was such a
+tremendous buck and so stupid that when once he put his big hands on
+the stick he would not let go. But he would be used only in case the
+regular heavy weight died or had a fit or something before time was
+called, and that was improbable.
+
+But Hill was enjoying everything. He thought the colored lights were
+"pretty," and he considered it good fun, loafing in this large,
+luxurious room. He glanced approvingly at the water-colors and
+examined the photographs and knocked down a few of them, and looked
+over the mugs and the foils and the antlers and the usual dust
+collectors of a well-furnished room. Then, because he approved of what
+he saw, he grinned.
+
+He had grinned at the staring crowd when, half an hour before, it had
+stood to one side for him and the other spreers to pass by on the way
+back from weighing at the gymnasium. He thought lots of things were
+funny. He grinned broadly when, before the spree began, an excitable
+junior approached him in the corner where he was sitting alone and
+said, in jerky, tremulous tones, "Say, which do you think will win?"
+This was before the crowd was put out. That was the funniest thing of
+all--the way Cunningham put the crowd out. "Dash it! I wish to dash
+you fellows would dash quickly get to dash out of here. This is my
+room and, dash it all, I loaned it to the dash freshmen spreers and
+not to the whole dash college, dash it!" That was so funny that Hill
+let loose his huge laugh and filled up the room with it. This caused
+the other freshmen to look at one another and smile pityingly. But
+Hill did not notice it.
+
+The other freshmen had little in common with Hill. It was not so much
+because he was uncouth as that he had no class spirit. He had entered
+college two days late, and those two days are like two years in some
+respects. He had missed the class meeting, where freshmen get a first
+sight of one another which lasts always, and he had missed the class
+rush about the cannon, where freshmen are so closely pressed together
+that they never after get quite apart. But the farmer should have
+wakened up by this time. Lack of class spirit is never pardonable.
+This is the way Hill happened to be here this evening.
+
+One day early in the term, as he was pushing his big chest across the
+campus to recitation, he heard someone call: "Hold up, there, you big
+freshman!" So he smiled and took off his ugly derby hat.
+
+"No, I'm not a sophomore; I'm a junior," said the stranger, who then
+explained that he wanted to talk to him. "You come to my room at one
+o'clock, and don't forget about it," said the junior. "Run along, now;
+the bell is stopping."
+
+Hill came, and found several other freshmen there. "Take hold of this
+stick," said the junior.
+
+He put his big fists about it and found himself flying across the
+room. He landed against the door and beside him lay a table, which
+never arose.
+
+"Now, that is cane-spreeing," said the junior casually, as one would
+say, "Down there is the new Art building," "and I want all you fellows
+to meet me at eight o'clock back of chapel."
+
+That night they gave Hill a cane and said, "Take hold of this and
+don't let go." He held it for an hour against every one except the
+junior that was sophomore heavy weight the previous year. But he had
+never yet been quick enough to take it away from anyone, even the
+light weights. And that was the reason he was a substitute waiting in
+Montie Cunningham's room wrapped in two sweaters and a blanket. His
+eyes were closed and he was thinking about what a bully time his
+younger brother Ike must be having among the chestnuts this month.
+
+The big leather chair was soft and he might have fallen asleep had not
+at that moment a tremendous yell burst into existence down below--a
+loud, shrill, fiendish yell which lasted nearly a minute before it
+was shaken down to an organized cheer. Hill stretched.
+
+The others were out on the balcony. "Tell us which has it! For
+heaven's sake, tell us!" they cried to every one below; and no one
+below answered. So all they could do was to bite their lips and wait
+until the yelling became cheering, and then they knew from the
+exultant tones of the sophomores what they did not want to know.
+
+Just then they caught a glimpse of the victor waving the cane in his
+hand as he was borne high on the shoulders of his class-mates to West
+Witherspoon.
+
+Then they had a confused view of the rush. The upper classes fell to
+one side and the other two fell upon one another. This was the
+fiercest sort of rushing known to the proctors. The two sides were
+not, as in the cannon rush, evenly lined up four abreast. Not a bit of
+it. There were two thickly massed bodies of men, one running up a
+grade, the other charging down, and the roll of their footsteps was as
+the sound of much cattle, running. For a moment each tried to keep in
+solid form. But only long enough for some one to be knocked down and
+run over by the rest. After the first crash it was mixed fighting. In
+the moonlight one could not invariably distinguish friend from foe.
+So each man doubled up both fists and let drive at everyone he saw. It
+was glorious.
+
+As soon as they became hopelessly mixed and each class had cheered
+itself hoarse and the proctors had carried off an armful of sophomores
+to appear before the Discipline Committee the next day, and to be
+cheered off at the depot by lamenting classmates later on, everyone
+turned up his coat-collar and helped form the ring again.
+
+Those on the balcony, who had been panting and chafing like tied
+deer-hounds, now heard the feet of them bearing bad tidings and the
+defeated freshman up the entry stairs. The door was kicked open and
+three winded juniors laid their burden gently on the bed, which had
+been dragged in from the other room for this purpose. With them many
+others pushed in who did not belong there, and the room was full of
+people once more. Many voices were explaining how it all happened.
+
+Ramsay, the little freshman, was completely done. He had fainted as
+they brought him upstairs. His face was set and white, and he lay
+there with his tough little resiny hands hanging limp at his side
+while his classmates poured brandy down his throat and told each other
+what to do. Through the window came a sharp freshman cheer with "Runt
+Ramsay" on the end.
+
+Meanwhile the middle weight had stripped to the waist. He was bending
+forward with his forearms upon the mantel-piece and his forehead
+resting on them, as one bows during prayers in chapel. Two men were
+vigorously rubbing his long strong back with whiskey. The coach was
+standing beside him, giving final admonitions in a quick, tense
+manner. "Now, if he does this, you do this. See? He can't get you on
+that shoulder-throw of his. And if he tries this trick you know how to
+meet it. Why, you can do him dead easy. I won from him last year, and
+you can take it away from me," and so on. As they started from the
+room, he added, "Now remember your whole class is watching you
+and----" But the door closed and they hurried down the stairs, and in
+a moment the wild cheering announced their entrance in the ring. Hill
+was sorry, because he thought it right funny.
+
+He went out on the balcony and looked down on the crowd. The noise and
+the moonlight and the specks of cigarlight had a grotesque effect. He
+had never seen anything like it before.
+
+"Oh, cork up that laugh, Farmer Hill," said Bushforth, the heavy
+weight, who was also centre of the freshman team and had a right to
+patronize. "It's bad enough as it is, without that bark of yours."
+
+Hill stopped laughing. He grinned instead. His feelings were not hurt.
+He had none.
+
+Again the cheering was hushed. It was so still that those on the
+balcony might have heard the hard breathing or the whimpering of the
+freshman on the bed. The farmer heard it and went inside.
+
+The liquor and exercise had made Ramsay warm. He had thrown off the
+blankets and lay half naked with his hands clasped across his eyes.
+Drops of sweat were running off his palpitating chest. Hill looked at
+his prettily developed arms and at the slender, well-turned wrist and
+at the tough little hands, which, Hill decided, had never done much
+farm work. Then because he liked what he saw, he laughed.
+
+The light weight uncovered one eye and then covered it again.
+
+"There, there," said the farmer, patting the black curly hair, which
+looked "pretty" against the white pillow. "I wouldn't take on so,
+little one, we'll get some of those canes yet."
+
+Brandy and defeat had made Ramsay cross. He said: "Oh, go to the
+devil, won't you please?"
+
+"All right," replied the big fellow. "Only you'll catch cold that way.
+Let me fix them." He carefully tucked the blankets around his
+classmate, who said, "That's so. Much obliged." Hill smiled at his
+uncomfortable tone.
+
+When, after seven hard-fought rounds, Murray, the middle weight, was
+brought up breathless and caneless, there was great discouragement in
+the freshman camp. The middle weight was the one above all others upon
+whom they had relied to defend the honor of the class. Murray, the
+long-winded, himself had felt confident of winning; and probably he
+would have by sheer endurance had not the sophomore taken him unawares
+by a very easy finger trick as they lay together on the ground
+resting.
+
+But it was all over now, and the middle weight was stretched out on
+the bed beside Ramsay. He had not, however, fainted, and he was
+sullenly chewing a piece of gum he had had in his mouth during the
+struggle. He looked unconcerned. He made no excuses to those who told
+what a nervy fight he had made.
+
+All the week previous the betting on the heavy weight had been two to
+one on the sophomore. But now three seniors from the enemy's camp
+swaggered into the room shouting, "Here's four to one on Parker. Who
+wants it? Why don't you back your man?" They smiled at the junior
+coachers. "Drake don't want any of it," said another, in a dry tone;
+"he knows Parker too well."
+
+Drake was the man who met Parker, unsuccessfully, the year before.
+"Wait a moment," he said. His sporting blood was stirred. "I'll take
+all you have, at four to one. Charlie, will you hold it, please?"
+
+All of this must have been soothing to the nerves of the freshman
+heavy weight who was taking off his clothes for a final rub and trying
+not to hear the class cheers outside.
+
+"Now then," said Montie Cunningham, slamming the door as the seniors
+hurried down the stairs, "this thing's got to stop right _here_." He
+brought a baseball bat down on the table so hard that every one
+stopped talking and looked up. "You've simply got to win that cane. If
+those dash sophomores win all three they'll crow over you for the rest
+of their course. They are arrogant enough already, dash them. And you
+fellows will be disgraced forever, and your class will be handed down
+in history as no good. People will refer to you as a class who lost
+all three canes. This is a crisis in your history. You made a good
+showing in the rush, but you were badly defeated in the baseball
+series. This is the third test. This decides it. Win this cane and you
+are all right. One out of three is a defeat, but not a disgrace,
+because you are only freshmen. But _none_ out of three _is_. _You've
+got to win this cane!_"
+
+No one uttered a sound for a moment. Farmer Hill did not laugh.
+
+"Come here, Bushforth," said Drake, in a low, solemn voice; "I'll rub
+you myself."
+
+The heavy weight was beautifully built and exceedingly quick for his
+size. He came to college with a good prep-school record of centre
+rush. But there was something disappointing about him, and you felt it
+every time you saw him move. You know the kind. One of those fellows
+who are splendid to look at in a football suit, and who will always
+put up a fair game on the scrub, but who are never going to make the
+'Varsity.
+
+Just now he was biting his lip and looking down at his own good legs.
+When he raised his glance he found Hill standing with arms akimbo,
+gazing at him with an earnest expression.
+
+Bushforth smiled good-humoredly to show how cool he was.
+
+"Think you can take that cane?" Hill asked with a grin.
+
+"I really don't know, Hill," answered the beautifully built man.
+
+"Do you think you can take it?" repeated the other.
+
+"Well, Hill, Parker will have to work for it," said the heavy weight,
+indulgently. "Why? Would you like to take my place? I'd be glad to
+resign in your favor."
+
+"All right," said Hill, simply. He began pulling up his sweater.
+
+"Go on and sit down and stop your nonsense." It was hard to stand
+horse-play at such a moment, when your whole class was cheering for
+you outside.
+
+"I ain't fooling," said the big farmer, with his arms still in the
+sweater, his head and body out.
+
+"Hurry, Bush," said one of the juniors at the window. "The sophs have
+yelled across at me that they are ready."
+
+"All right," said Bushforth, lacing his Jersey as he started for the
+door. He forgot to answer the other freshman.
+
+"Wait a minute," said the big, cheerful voice of the farmer, "I think
+I'll go down this time."
+
+"Oh, cork up, you big cow!" said Drake.
+
+Hill corked up and then pushed Bushforth out of the way and started
+for the door.
+
+"Will you please go back where you belong and sit down?" said Drake,
+impressively.
+
+It failed to impress Hill. "Well, you see, it's this way," he began
+pleasantly, "he can't take that cane, I'm afraid. I can, though. I've
+got my blood up." He began contracting his biceps playfully. "Isn't it
+time to----"
+
+"Freshman," interrupted Drake, with irony, "we have chosen the heavy
+weight representative of your class, and we are of the opinion that we
+know about as much of this business as you do. I never heard of such
+foolishness. Go sit down, and shut your big face. Your services will
+not be required unless Billy is laid off before he reaches the foot of
+the entry stairs. Come on, Billy."
+
+"Then," Hill answered, smilingly, "I'll have to lay him off." He
+suddenly grabbed his big classmate by the shoulders, jerked him back
+into his arms, grasped him like a bag of flour, and hoisted him on his
+shoulders as if he had been one. "Now you lie down there, and be a
+good boy." He dropped Bushforth, but not roughly, in the corner
+behind the door, and then looked beamingly about at the others as
+though he had performed quite a feat. And so he had. Bushforth weighed
+one hundred and eighty-nine, stripped.
+
+Outside the crowd was yelling concertedly in quick, jerky notes,
+"Shake it up! Shake it up! Shake it up!" and the sophomores were
+singing "Where, oh, where are the verdant freshmen?" etc., "Lost now
+in the green, green soup." But upstairs everyone was so tense and so
+excited that nothing was heard but the angry words of the coachers
+addressed to Hill, who was grinning.
+
+Bushforth arose from the floor slowly.
+
+"Shake it up, Billy," cried Drake, exasperated; "do you want to lose
+your cane by default?"
+
+"Say," replied Bushforth, soberly, "do you suppose there's anything
+the matter with this hand?--Ugh! Great Scott! don't squeeze it."
+
+Hill had not thrown him violently, but Bushforth, in throwing out his
+arms to stop himself, had struck his left hand against the wooden
+door-guard a few inches above the floor behind the door, and all his
+weight was upon it. The junior coach shut his eyes, dropped into
+Hill's big chair, and let his arms fall down to his sides. Everyone
+looked at him. "That settles it," he gasped. "Billy's hand is
+sprained. Let's give up the cane by default and----"
+
+"Is it sprained?" interrupted Hill, removing his smile suddenly. "I'm
+sorry I hurt his hand. I did not intend that--Mr. Bushforth, I beg
+your pardon. I just wanted to show these fellows how strong I was. I
+didn't think I had a fair trial at spreeing. And now, Drake, don't you
+think we had better go down? They are clamoring down there. Are you
+coming?"
+
+His tones were very deliberate and his manner so calm in contrast to
+the boiling condition of the others, that everyone seemed stunned for
+a moment. They only looked at one another.
+
+"Shake it up! Shake it up! Shake it up!" came from the crowd below,
+and just then two representatives from the sophomores came running up
+the stairs, shouting, "Say, if you fellows don't wish to lose this by
+default come right now. Everyone's tired of waiting."
+
+"Don't get excited," Drake shouted back. "Bushforth met with an
+accident and the sub is going to take his place. Come on, Hill." It
+was the only thing to do.
+
+Hill saw the eyes of the two seniors brighten at the news, and heard
+his own classmates in the room cursing him. He said to himself, "Now
+then, I guess I've got to do something this evening," and followed
+Drake down the stairs.
+
+"You're stronger than he is. He's all bluff. You'll do him dead
+easily," the two coachers were saying as heartily as they could. Hill
+did not reply. They crossed the light from the entry door. A strong
+cheer went up for Bushforth. Hill laughed. The coachers shivered.
+
+Before they had pushed their way through the crowd to the ring, word
+went around that at the last moment Bushforth was laid off, and that a
+big sub named Hill had taken his place. Few had ever heard the name.
+The freshmen groaned; Hill heard it.
+
+As they emerged into the ring, he heard a strange voice saying, "Why,
+he's that great big awkward chap the sophs guy so much, don't you
+remember?" Again Hill laughed.
+
+"That's all right," whispered one of the juniors as he helped him off
+with his sweater. "You go in and win this cane, and your class will
+give you anything you want. Keep cool now, and remember what you have
+learned."
+
+The farmer's big deformity-like shoulders looked more huge than ever
+in the thin, white jersey as he now straightened up in the moonlight.
+
+"'Ray! 'Ray! 'Ray! Tiger, Siss, Boom, Ah! Hill." It rang out sharply
+on the frosty air. Then came a long cheer and then more short ones,
+with "Hill" on the end of them.
+
+There is a peculiar thrill at the sound of one's own name shouted by a
+hundred voices on the end of a cheer. Hill felt it. He liked the
+feeling. "Now that means me," he said to himself, and he recalled what
+Drake had said to the middle weight: "Now remember, your whole class
+is watching you." It was in that moment that Hill caught class spirit.
+
+The heavy weight spree was usually the shortest and most exciting
+contest of the evening. Everyone eagerly pressed forward on the wet
+grass.
+
+The sophomores were barking and guying and quacking exultingly. The
+freshmen were cheering hard.
+
+"Get ready, boys," said Jim, the athletic trainer, acting as referee.
+He held out the stick.
+
+The sophomore ran out briskly. Hill spat on his hands and took his
+time about it. They grasped the cane. "Down in front, _please_!" a
+voice pleaded. The cheering had ceased as suddenly as you turn off the
+gas.
+
+Hill was cool. He looked about at the theatre of faces on all sides.
+Just over the sophomore's shoulder, down on the ground with moonlight
+on his face, he spied an important-looking senior, with glasses, who
+on the campus had always seemed oblivious to the existence of
+freshmen. He was rocking back and forth and chewing a cold cigar to
+bits.
+
+"Are you ready, Hill?"
+
+The freshman spread his legs apart and said, "Yep."
+
+"Ready, Parker?"
+
+"Yes."
+
+A ghastly silent second. "Spree!"
+
+As the referee spoke the word, Hill felt the sophomore drop. He knew
+what was coming. Over his opponent's head he went sprawling on the
+grass, as he expected. But just then, in some manner, quick as a
+flash, Parker doubled and threw both legs in between Hill's body and
+the cane, and began, with all his strength, to strain, and push, and
+wrench.
+
+Hill had expected something, and thought he was guarding against it.
+But this was a new trick--a variation on the old one--which the
+sophomore had invented himself.
+
+Now, if it had been an ordinary man, with ordinary Christian
+shoulders, the strain would have been too great, and the sophomore
+would have won the cane in ten seconds, as he counted on doing.
+
+But you see Hill was somewhat deformed as to his shoulders. He grunted
+and clung on, and the sophomore's coachers were yelling fiendishly:
+"You've got him, Park! you've got him!"
+
+The next instant, while the sophomore was trying to better his
+advantage, Hill quietly turned, slipped out of the perilous position,
+and drew himself up close to the sophomore's body. He lay there
+panting, while his coachers cried, joyfully: "Good one, Hill! good
+one!" and his classmates left off feeling sick at their stomachs, and
+began to cheer him by name. This he did not hear.
+
+He had been taken by surprise at the fall, but now he was entirely
+alive to what he was about. Every nerve was at tension, each muscle
+set at hair-trigger. There was just one thing in all the world to him
+now, and that was the cane. And when, a moment later, Parker began a
+quick series of furious jerks, back and forth and sidewise, Hill said,
+half aloud: "No, you don't, old man," and smiled confidently to
+himself as he felt how firm the cane was in his hand.
+
+The sophomore, on top, now tried working Hill's hands off with his
+fingers. But the freshman had lived on a farm all his life. Then he
+tried something with his legs. But Hill's big supports were as hard as
+the columns of Whig Hall, though not as symmetrical. Then, waiting
+awhile, he tried to surprise Hill with more quick, sharp wrenches. It
+was unsuccessful. He waited, and tried it again. Then time was called.
+The two class-cheers burst forth simultaneously.
+
+The contestants were dragged to their respective corners, wrapped with
+blankets, and sponged with water.
+
+During the interval, a buzz of voices began suddenly, as in a racing
+grand-stand after the winner has been announced. The college had
+expected an easy thing for Parker, the champion, and when they heard
+of Bushforth's absence, they were sure of it. Everyone was saying:
+"Who is this Hill? Hasn't he shoulders! Wasn't that a narrow hole he
+crawled out of?"
+
+The coachers were whispering, "You're doing well, Hill. Stick to him,
+and you'll get him yet. You'll tire him out."
+
+Two or three freshmen came into the ring and shook Hill's hand,
+saying, nervously, "Good boy, Hill, good one." He was already a
+distinguished man, having held the cane for a round against Parker.
+But Hill only grinned and had his own opinion. The honor of the class
+depended upon him. He thought he was going to win the cane.
+
+When the referee called them up, one of the sophomore's coaches called
+out, in an easy tone, "Remember, now," and Parker replied, in a cool
+way, "Very well." The silence was worse than ever. People felt that
+this would be the last round.
+
+The two spreers were the coolest on the campus. But they also felt
+that this would settle it, and as they grasped the cane each looked
+the other over and then gazed straight into his enemy's eye. Very
+much, no doubt, as knights of old used to size each other up before
+they fell to cutting each other to bits, of a quiet afternoon by the
+sea-side.
+
+Hill did not like Parker, nor would he have fancied him even if the
+sophomore had not been a brutal and unreasonable hazer. However, he
+appreciated his athletic abilities, and even in the tense moment of
+waiting for the referee's word, he could not help admiring the way his
+opponent's neck fitted his body, and the clean cut of his limbs, which
+Hill himself so lacked.
+
+The sophomore looked him back in the eyes, and said, sneeringly, "You
+damned freshman!" which was entirely uncalled for.
+
+When the word was given both kept their feet for a few minutes. They
+held their arms down stiff, keeping the cane close to their bodies in
+order to prevent the other from jumping in between. Neither seemed
+inclined to begin the attack, and they danced cautiously about the
+circle with their faces close together. There was something impressive
+in the sight of these two, pounding about in the moonlight. They were
+so ponderous, and it all seemed to mean so much. Parker tried the
+right hip throw.
+
+He was partially successful. They were both on the ground now, and the
+timer snapped his stop watch. Time is not counted when the men are
+erect.
+
+The sophomore was on top again. Again he tried his jerking
+manoeuvres, and again Hill smiled to himself and thought, "I guess
+not."
+
+He lay perfectly still on the wet grass, as if comfortable and quite
+content to remain there. He heard a voice from the crowd say, "Spread
+out, you coachers. Give us a show." He could feel the sophomore's
+breath on his neck and the beating of the heart against his back. He
+felt the cool wet grass on his cheek flattened against it, and he
+became aware that his nose was bleeding, and then said to himself,
+"Oh, yes; I must have bumped that on Parker's elbow when we came
+down."
+
+Now, up to this point, the freshman had been on the defensive
+entirely, and he had been so successful that one of the coachers began
+giving the signals to begin a little offensive work. "No, no, Hammie,"
+cried Drake. "Let good enough alone."
+
+Hill had regained his wind by this time. "Please don't bother me," he
+said, in a muffled tone. "I'm doing this thing. I'll get this cane in
+a minute." This was loud enough for some of those in the crowd to
+hear. Somehow it sounded horrible.
+
+And it seemed to enrage Parker. He began a furious onslaught, as if he
+were tired of playing with a freshman so long and meant to end the
+thing right there.
+
+He wrenched and jerked this way, he tugged and pulled that way, he
+turned over and then back, he tried all the manoeuvres he knew, and
+took desperate chances, which the freshman was too slow to take
+advantage of. Twice the sophomore seemed to have the cane, and the
+freshman still held on. It was a battle of giants, and those that were
+there will never forget it.
+
+And while they struggled, now one on top and now the other, they
+rolled over to the extreme lower part of the circle toward the path
+leading to the railway station. That part of the audience fell back.
+The ring broke. Some closed in around them.
+
+Then, while the referee was shouting, "Get back! Get back!" the
+freshman was suddenly seen to rise on his knees yelling shrilly, like
+a wild beast in pain. "You would bite me, would you, you----." He
+sprang to his feet. The blood from his nose was smeared all over his
+face. A furious wrench jerked Parker from the ground. With what was
+extraordinary power Hill whirled him; part of the way the feet
+dragged, though some like to tell that the whole of Parker was clean
+in the air all the way round; he whirled him about, as you would whirl
+a pillow with both arms; then, suddenly reversing all his big weight
+and simultaneously twisting the hickory, he snapped the sophomore off
+in the air and lifted the cane high and dry above his head. "The
+freshman has it," shrieked a shrill voice.
+
+He felt himself grabbed, he heard many noises, he went up, up in the
+air, and then he forgot.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+The big leather chair was the first thing he saw, and he knew he was
+in the Witherspoon room again. Then he heard many voices talking at
+once. He remembered now that he had been hearing them for ages. They
+echoed inside his head some place.
+
+"Are you all right now?"
+
+He raised his lids a little higher and there was Drake bending over
+him as tenderly as a mother.
+
+"I think you ought to know, you great big awkward old farmer, that you
+saved the day for us." Drake looked as delighted as if he had done it
+himself.
+
+"I've seen a good many sprees," said another voice near his head,
+which Hill had never heard before, "but that was the finest thing I
+ever saw; and I'm blame glad you did him, though I _am_ a senior and
+lost twenty-five bats on it." Hill moved his head and saw the
+important-looking senior with glasses.
+
+The farmer now laughed his hideous laugh. That showed he was all
+right.
+
+One of the sophomore coachers approached the bed, and after looking up
+and down Hill's bulk a moment, said: "The trouble with you, you big
+freshman, is that you don't know when you're beaten. My man had that
+cane twice, but you wouldn't let go."
+
+"Well, that's Princeton spirit, isn't it?" remarked the 'Varsity
+Captain, who had something to say to Hill later on.
+
+Ramsay, the light weight, came running up the entry three steps at a
+time. He had been leading cheers for Hill out-doors and now he began
+hugging him. "Oh, farmer, you're a dandy. Give me your hand."
+
+But when the farmer raised his hand he found the cane was still in it.
+"Here, little one, you can have this. I've had my fun out of it." This
+showed how green he was.
+
+"No," said Ramsay; "you're to keep that forever. What did you win it
+for, anyway?"
+
+As a matter of fact winning the spree meant much more to the big
+placid farmer than a hickory cane to hang with ribbons over his
+mantelpiece, and more than a bit of fame in another kind of athletics,
+too. Much more. As we all know now.
+
+
+
+
+THE MADNESS OF POLER STACY
+
+
+In freshman year they say, "Are you ready to feed your face?" instead
+of "Are you going to dinner?" and at the eating clubs they call the
+milk-pitcher the "cow," and shout "Butter me, please," when they wish
+the butter handed to them. All their desires and opinions they express
+in variously bold and vulgar metaphors, which are witty. This is
+because there is no one to tell them they must not. The boy is a
+college man now. He is free from the restraint of home or school or
+both, and he doesn't know quite what to do with his liberty.
+
+Like a young town horse turned loose for the first time in the open
+green of the country, he sometimes loses his head and frisks and
+snorts and kicks up his heels to an unbecoming degree. This is a way
+of saying that every once in a while some little boy (the strictly
+reared kind, usually), in his eagerness to show his fellows how
+reckless and devilish he is, goes so far that he never comes quite
+back. Others dissipate merely to the extent of cutting chapel twice
+in succession or pretending that they have not poled all night for an
+examination. In still others it breaks out in a different form, and
+they persuade themselves that they are naughty cynics or bold, bad
+agnostics. But that will do for that.
+
+The point is this: Sooner or later, in some form or another, this
+spirit is bound to get hold of every young man who is worthy of the
+name, and, like measles or calf-love, it is better to have it sooner.
+In the very young it is interesting. After that it is not. And the
+older one is when it comes, the more he reminds the onlookers of the
+frolicksome antics of some ancient, misguided cow, or of a kittenish
+summer girl, aged twenty-eight. When seen in a poler it is pathetic.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+At his first eating club in freshman year, H. Stacy felt himself
+snubbed from the start; and when the crowd, which was not slow, became
+well enough acquainted with one another and with the glorious freedom
+of college life to pour syrup down their neighbors' backs and to hurl
+fried eggs and coarse jokes about the table, little Stacy, although he
+always said, "That was a pretty good shot," and wiped the potato from
+his ear with a noisy laugh, saw that he was not in his own element,
+which he should have seen a month before, and got out.
+
+He joined a club of a very different sort of freshmen, who were too
+busy speculating upon their chances at the approaching Divisional
+Examinations to invent names for tough beefsteak, or learn what was
+going on in Trenton at the theatres and other places.
+
+This was his element. He drew in long, full breaths of freedom and
+sunshine, and told himself that now he knew what was meant by the Joy
+of College Life.
+
+Here he settled down to the methodical poler habits he was intended
+for, and when the next catalogue was issued his mother and sister
+pointed out to the minister's wife the name of "Horatio B. Stacy, New
+Jersey," in the small group of names called "First Group," and said,
+"We knew he would do it." In his sophomore year he did it again and
+won a prize or two besides and became a minor light in the Cliosophic
+Society, and by this time he held in that Hall an office, the name of
+which was a secret, and could not be divulged even to his sister
+Fannie. He studied for high marks and was called a "greasy poler." But
+he got the high marks.
+
+You must not think he had no friends. He made some firm ones. About
+these he could write home to his sister Fannie, telling what
+magnificent characters some of them were. Often of a Saturday night,
+if he had no essays to write or debates to prepare, he slipped off his
+eye-shades and pattered across the campus to his friends' rooms and
+knocked gently and said, "How do?" and conversed for an hour on the
+difficulty of taking notes when your neighbor is borrowing your knife,
+or about the elective courses for the next term. And down at the club
+they had great horse calling each other "Blamed Neo-Platonists" and
+"Doggoned Transcendentalists." Nor was it all shop. One of them
+thought himself in love. It was Stacy that used to wink at the others
+and bob his head and say, "I know some one who got a letter to-day."
+They had great fun at the club.
+
+By reason of his freshman year's disgust he remained innocent, which
+was right, and ignorant, which was wrong, of much that he might have
+experienced, and he bade fair to graduate a typical poler with a bad
+breath and an eye on Commencement stage and special honors. Sometimes,
+to be sure, dark questions arose in his mind, strange, shameful
+yearnings that caused him to read whole pages without taking in a word
+of it. But then, all polers have wild moments when they feel that they
+would rather play on the team than win the Stinnecke Scholarship, so
+Stacy should not have been distressed.
+
+But sometimes it seemed to him that even those classmates whom he knew
+only slightly and did not understand at all, those fellows who seemed
+to do nothing but loaf about the campus all day and sing and shout at
+night, while he was running his hands through his hair and his eyes
+through Kant's "Critique of Pure Reason," they, it seemed to him, were
+getting a poetry out of college life that he was missing. "But never
+mind," he would say to himself. "They will regret it some day. They
+will wish they had done as I am doing, instead of wasting golden
+opportunities which come but once and which glide by like ships upon
+the sea of life." Then he would pull his hair and start at the top of
+the page again. It is better to have First Group than the Glee Club.
+
+But there were some fellows who could do both. Some fellows stood high
+in the class and were in with everybody besides. Why could not he be
+like that? This question came to him quite suddenly in junior year,
+and he tipped his head to one side and began to think about it. He
+kept on thinking.
+
+He was still thinking about it one Sunday afternoon in chapel when big
+Jack Stehman, the tackle, came stalking down the aisles and threw
+himself down beside Stacy, and the oak creaked. He was fresh and clean
+and rosy from a long 'cross country tramp, and he said, "Hello,
+Stace," in a hearty whisper. It was not from policy like the smiling
+hello of a man a few pews in front, but because he felt like it. Stacy
+enjoyed being saluted in that way, and if the big fellow grabbed and
+pinched his thin leg he would beam for the rest of the hour, even
+though he found a blue spot there at night when he undressed in
+Edwards Hall.
+
+It was because of his way of saying hello, as much as his great
+football record, that Stehman was one of the most popular men in
+college, and nobody worshipped him more than did Stacy, not even the
+freshman who gazed across the pews and wondered what it would be like
+to be on familiar terms with a man of that sort. Stacy had at one time
+feared that there was something sinful in his own admiration; Stehman
+was a fourth-group man.
+
+He was thinking that his big class-mate looked just as strong and
+clean and good as during the season. Just then Timberly, in the pew
+behind, lay hold of Stehman's hair, drew his head back against the
+rail, and then rubbed his own vigorously against Stehman's. "Little
+Jackie's had his long locks cut, hasn't he?" he said. His teeth were
+gritted and there was a sweet caress in his Southern voice, for he
+loved his good pal Jack Stehman, though he would have called you
+profane things if you had accused him of it. Stehman smiled, and said,
+"Let go, Timber, you ass, the organ has stopped."
+
+Little Stacy, watching this out of the corner of his glasses, said,
+solemnly, "I'd give my first group for that," and then bowed his head
+in prayer. He thought about it all through the service instead of
+listening as he should have done to a returned missionary who told how
+many widows there were in India under thirteen years of age, and other
+interesting things.
+
+The next day, when he walked with Stehman from a lecture by the Dean
+on Robert Southey, he tried to catch his friend's tone of hello. Jack
+said it to about fifty men between Dickinson Hall and Reunion, and it
+sounded as though he were glad to see everyone of them, and he was.
+Stacy liked to be seen with the big fellow. But he did not blush and
+keep silent as in sophomore year when he was first permitted to walk
+with him. He tried to show everyone that he was used to it.
+
+This time something happened. When they reached the place where the
+stone walks meet, in front of South Reunion, Stehman put a big hand
+on his shoulder, and said, "Stace, will you dine with me this
+evening?--Oh, yes, you can. I have an engagement in Dougal's room now.
+I'll yell for you on the way to the club. So long." Stacy opened his
+mouth and gazed after him until out of sight. Then he shut it and
+started for his room. This was unexpected.
+
+He had often thought about these large swell clubs with their elective
+membership, and he had walked by the houses when the members were
+lounging out in front. He had heard snatches of songs and the click of
+billiard-balls from within, and he wondered what they did and said and
+how it looked inside. And now he was going to see one of them, the one
+he admired the most of all.
+
+At his own little eating club, he and the others said that many of the
+club men were snobs, and declared that they would have nothing to do
+with them. He wondered if his friends envied them in secret, as he
+did. At any rate he would not dread answering them the next morning
+when they asked, "Where were you for dinner?"
+
+When he reached his room he changed his necktie for a more becoming
+one. At least he thought it was. And he put on his new, heavy, tan
+shoes, like those Stehman and so many fellows wore. He would show them
+that he knew things. Then he sat down and wrote to his sister Fannie
+about it, as he did once before with a trembling hand, when he won
+that essay prize in Hall and came late to dinner in consequence, and
+all the fellows cried, "Yea-a, Stacy, Sophomore essay prize!" He had
+pointed out that club to Fannie when she and his mother came over at
+Commencement, and he had told her that Stehman was in that one. She
+knew who Stehman was.
+
+Stacy little imagined that he was of so much consequence, but Stehman,
+the tackle, had been talking about him on Sunday evening by the club
+fireplace. Two of the fellows who were younger than juniors ought to
+be had smiled at what he said.
+
+To them Jack turned with some heat, and observed, "You fellows make me
+tired. You aren't under-class men now; you're old enough to know
+better than to size up people by under-class man standards. Just
+because Stacy has not learned to swear or smoke, and because he
+worries and fusses and gets pale over what he came to college for, you
+think you have a right to laugh at him. I respect him, and I wish to
+the deuce I was more like him. Little Stacy is all right. And he'll
+be in it all right some of these days, and he'll do a great deal more
+good in the world than most of us."
+
+This was the longest speech Jack Stehman had ever made, and he was
+duly applauded and guyed for it. But he was serious. He had a Sunday
+night sour on. It was junior year for Stehman also, and he too had
+been coming to some conclusions about his college course. But of a
+different kind.
+
+It was nearly half after six when Stacy heard his friend's big voice
+echo across the campus. As he pattered down the stairs in his stiff,
+new Bluchers, he could not help wishing that Stehman had come a little
+earlier. Not that he was hungry, but the campus would then have been
+more crowded, while Stehman called, "Hello, Ray Stace."
+
+As they passed under the lamp-post and Jack said "Hello" to somebody
+going in the other direction, Stacy remembered how that once he would
+not have believed that he should ever be walking as he was now with
+Stehman's big, strong arm upon his shoulder, the same arm that had
+brought down many a canvas jacket. But that was long ago.
+
+When they reached the club, Stehman kicked the mud from his big, heavy
+shoes on the porch steps, and Stacy did the same for his bright new
+little ones. The door flew open and the brightly lighted interior of
+the club was before them. Stacy caught a glimpse of an open fire and
+deep, comfortable places to lounge in beside it, and some etchings on
+the wall. He heard knives and forks and many voices, all going at
+once, and laughter and exclamations. He spied a waiter hurrying in
+with a tray full of dishes. A little nigger boy, with innumerable
+buttons on his jacket, began to help him off with his overcoat, and
+just then he heard one voice exclaim emphatically, "Doc., I say they
+can't do it," and he wondered what it was and who could not do it.
+
+Stehman said, "Come over here a moment--no, this way."
+
+"Oh, this way?" said Stacy. He was led to a large open book with names
+written on it.
+
+"Will you give us your distinguished signature?" said Stehman, dipping
+the pen in ink and handing it to him.
+
+"Where shall I write--oh, yes, of course." Stacy wondered how many
+people would read Horatio B. Stacy, introduced by John Carter Stehman.
+
+Though he had made up his mind to have confidence he felt a little
+flustered. Perhaps the voices of many diners and the sight of many
+rooms and various passage-ways and the negro buttons were a little too
+much for him. Besides his glasses were blurred at coming in from the
+cold and that always rattled him.
+
+Possibly his host noticed this, for he said, "Boo, I'm cold. Let's
+warm up before grubbing," and led him to the fire and pushed him into
+a chair big enough to hold two Horatio B. Stacys.
+
+He was perspiring now, but he held out his hand to the cheerful blaze
+as if to get all he could of it. He looked at the andirons and the
+crackling wood and glanced up at the etchings. He thought, "It must be
+very fine to have all this every day."
+
+"Well, do you feel as though you could eat something?" Stehman lifted
+him by the coat-collar.
+
+Stacy made answer, in a familiar tone, "I'm ready any time you are,
+Jack," and then to himself, "Keep cool now."
+
+Stehman, with his hands in his pockets, led the way with his slouching
+football walk which the freshmen studied on the way to recitations.
+Stacy followed. He slouched pretty well, but his pockets were at the
+very top of his trousers, so that his little coat turned up behind.
+
+They entered the bright, noisy dining-room. "Jack, why so late?" some
+one was calling out, when suddenly there came, "Hello, Stace." "Hello,
+Kay." "Hello there, Stace." "How do do, Stace." Most all of them
+seemed glad to see him, and he was quite overcome with answering them
+all. Jack showed him where to sit.
+
+After the waiter had pushed the chair under him and he had unfolded
+the napkin there came in a solemn voice from the end of the table,
+"Horatio, how do you do this evening?"
+
+"Why, Lint, old man, how are you?" he returned quickly in a strong
+tone. Then he smiled a little because Linton might be guying him. But
+he was not.
+
+It seemed that many eyes were upon him and he felt embarrassed and
+strangely lonely because his host had turned to speak about something
+to someone on the other side. So he gave his glasses an unnecessary
+rub and took three sips of water in quick succession.
+
+The waiter placed the soup before him, and while he was occupied with
+it he had time to gather himself together. Some of the fellows, he
+noticed over his glasses, leaned over or else slipped way down in
+their chairs in the same purposely reckless manner of under-classmen
+days. But he held his little shoulders back and used his spoon very
+daintily. He would show them that he had good table manners.
+
+Stehman now began to chat with him in his easy familiar way. But the
+big fellow's manner always seemed to indicate that he was mindful of
+how much higher was Stacy's class rank than his own.
+
+He was more at ease now, only whenever the conversation flagged he
+could never think up anything to renew it with. He suspected that he
+was blushing, and there really was no reason for blushing. These were
+all his own dear classmates, some of whom he knew quite well, and they
+all seemed kindly disposed toward him and included him in their
+general remarks and even addressed him sometimes in particular. He
+made up his mind that he must say something to Dougal Davis across the
+table.
+
+He took a drink of water and wiped his lips and cleared his throat and
+spoke. "Dougal, have you poled up Billy's history for the written
+recitation?" Which was the very sort of thing he meant to avoid. But
+it was too late now.
+
+"No, but I expect to put a wet towel around my head and hit it up
+until three o'clock to-night," Dougal answered, sincerely.
+
+And Stacy thought he was joking. He therefore laughed, saying, "Like
+fun you are."
+
+He never could tell when some of these fellows were in earnest, and
+Dougal Davis was something awful to him anyway because he stood higher
+in the class than Stacy himself, and yet had time to be mixed up with
+half a dozen outside interests of college life and did a comfortable
+amount of loafing besides.
+
+"I suppose you have it all down fine, Stace?" asked Timberly,
+agreeably, "and will pound out a first group as usual."
+
+"Naw," boldly replied Stacy, "I've barely looked at it. Don't intend
+to bother with it." That was the way to talk.
+
+But it was all wasted, for just then Lamason came in with a suit-case
+in his hand and his town clothes on, and everybody was crying "Yea-a"
+in loud, shrill tones, and some one began singing "Oh, to-day is the
+day that he comes from the city," and all joined in, even little
+Stacy, though he did not know the words and blushed and closed his
+mouth again when any one looked in his direction.
+
+Meanwhile Lamason, without smiling, or seeming to be aware of the
+noise, said, "Bring me some dinner, Henry, please," and taking a
+_Princetonian_ from his pocket began to read an editorial on the lack
+of lamp-posts on the south campus, and paid no more attention to the
+remarks about his good-looking clothes than to Timberly, who was
+painstakingly mussing up his nicely brushed hair. It impressed Stacy.
+Except that they no longer considered it funny to throw things or to
+be profane without necessity, the fellows seemed to be as free and
+jolly as in under-classmen days. He had supposed that there would be
+some dignity about a great fine elective club with white curtains at
+the window and a board of governors.
+
+While beginning upon his roast beef the waiter placed a small, narrow
+glass by his plate. He heard the "pop" of a drawn cork behind him. He
+had understood that the club constitution forbade alcoholic beverages.
+The waiter was filling his glass. He heard something hiss and sizzle,
+but he did not like to look because it would be so obvious. This would
+be a good opportunity to show these fellows that he was not such a
+shark as they supposed. Still, after keeping out of temptation so many
+years, he did not like the idea of running the risk of becoming a
+drunkard now. But, perhaps, it would not be wrong to taste a little of
+it.
+
+"Are you fond of Apollinaris, Ray?" asked Stehman, emptying his glass
+at a gulp. "I'm a disgusting guzzler of it."
+
+"Oh, yes, I'm--I like it very much," said Stacy. Stehman asked him to
+have another piece of roast just to keep him company, and without
+giving time for answer, Stacy heard him say, "Two second,
+Henry--rare." Jack made him drink another bottle of Apollinaris, too,
+though it pricked his tongue, and he said he did not want it, and he
+felt that he was imposing upon his friend when he saw him write out
+another voucher for the amount.
+
+Most of the table had finished by this time. They were smoking with
+their coffee. Those who could afford it were smoking cigars and those
+who had used up their credit with the Cigar Committee were solacing
+themselves with pipes. Some there were who did not smoke at all.
+
+"Our crowd," Jack explained, "makes it a matter of principle never to
+leave the table for a half hour or so. It's good for the digestion."
+
+Three or four of the fellows were leaning back with their heads on the
+backs of chairs or on one another's shoulders. One was slouching with
+his elbow on the table and with his other hand he played with the
+salt-cellars. And some looked perfectly contented and happy, and some
+looked grave or sour, and all were beautifully and completely
+indolent, and everything seemed comfortable and happy and Bohemian to
+Stacy, and he thought it fine to eat his dessert with the smoke
+floating about it.
+
+Dougal Davis opposite was blowing fat, well-formed rings aimed at the
+top of Stacy's Apollinaris bottle, while Linton, without looking up,
+was informing him, in picturesque, though hardly complimentary
+language, that he had a mouth splendidly adapted to ring-blowing.
+Davis kept on sending rings across the table, and paid no attention.
+Stacy wondered whether they were on bad terms with one another.
+Perhaps it was rude in him to listen. They seemed so much in earnest.
+
+It was difficult to understand these fellows. Some of them he knew to
+be as hard students as himself, and yet they seemed to be as much in
+with the crowd as the others. Someone would say something in a most
+impressive, sober way, and nobody seemed to notice it, or else
+everyone laughed. Of course he knew that what they were saying during
+dinner about their extreme poverty was meant humorously, even by those
+of the fellows who tutored or wrote for the papers to help themselves
+along. But what troubled him was that he could not catch the drift and
+join in and be like the rest of them. Once, when everybody laughed
+heartily, and Pope bowed his head and said, "I acknowledge that I am
+sat upon," Stacy laughed, too, and said "Pretty good," though he did
+not know what it was, and hoped that no one knew he was bluffing.
+
+From another part of the house came the pounding of billiard-cues and
+a few emphatic remarks, varied at intervals with a yell or a loud
+laugh. In another room three or four voices were singing, perhaps
+unconsciously, and the strong final notes reached the dining-room.
+Upstairs someone was exclaiming, "I had next on that!" From the
+lounging room came the notes of a piano, and Stacy said, "That
+'Pilgrim's Chorus' is a beautiful thing, isn't it, Jack?" for Stacy
+knew.
+
+He had enjoyed his dinner, and was perfectly self-possessed. He could
+look about the room at everyone without flinching. Henry brought the
+coffee in very pretty cups, with the club design on them. The buttons
+came in at Stehman's ringing. "Jackson, get me a ---- Ray, you don't
+smoke, do you?"
+
+"Oh, yes, I do," Stacy replied.
+
+"Oh, I beg your pardon--bring some Perfectos, Jackson--please pardon
+me, I forgot entirely that you smoked. I must have mixed you up with
+someone else. I thought sure you did not smoke."
+
+He seemed so cut up about it and his voice so pathetically apologetic
+that Stacy felt sorry for him, and had to say, "That's all right,
+Jack. You see I have just begun. That is, I haven't been smoking very
+long, you know, on account of my eyes." But he hoped the others did
+not hear.
+
+"Will you have a cigarette first?" Stehman asked.
+
+"No, I prefer a cigar," said Stacy, in a fine, deep voice. Stehman
+lighted a cigarette.
+
+Horatio had never smoked but one cigar before, and he was not certain
+about how much of the end to bite off. But it seemed to draw all right
+when the buttons held a match for him. It did not make him feel the
+least bit sick. He thought he held it between his first and second
+fingers rather well.
+
+His host began to talk about the Dean's English again, and Stacy
+changed the subject. Of course Jack meant it out of consideration for
+him, but Stacy could talk about other things than his studies.
+Presently Jack began again. "What collateral reading are you doing in
+the Public Law course, Ray---- What's that you're saying, Timber?"
+
+"Oh, nothing," said Timberly, smiling satirically. "We are just amused
+a little bit at your posing as a heavy poler. That's all."
+
+But Jack only frowned, and turned again to Stacy, who knew the others
+were paying attention, and so made answer, "Don't intend to read
+anything. I've quit taking notes on the lectures, too. A syllabus at
+the end of the term will have to do me." That ought to show them.
+
+Nobody said anything for a moment, and when he looked up he could not
+tell from their faces what they thought of his remark, though Linton
+seemed to wear a quizzical smile. But then that fellow always seemed
+to be sneering or else looking oblivious.
+
+Then Smith, who was a track athlete, went on with his conversation
+with Pope. He was venturing the opinion that Princeton's prospects for
+the spring were poor. He was a young man who thought he had a dignity,
+and he liked to have people pay attention to what he said. He had
+reason to suppose that his opinions on athletics amounted to
+something. So he was rather astonished, as were Stehman and the rest
+of the table, when Stacy's high voice burst in with, "No, now, you
+don't mean it, Smithie. You are joking, aren't you?" There was no
+reason why he should not be familiar and play horse like the rest.
+
+At first there was such a pause that he felt himself blush, and he
+feared he had offended Smith, who had stopped talking and was blushing
+a little, too. Then suddenly Timberly burst out with a snorting laugh,
+and then Davis and then the whole crowd, even Linton, and Stacy
+himself, because he had made such a hit, laughed modestly, though
+still blushing, at which they all laughed still more. He did not know
+it was so funny as all that. That was not half as witty as he could
+be, as he would show them.
+
+But just then Stehman interrupted and claimed attention. "Timber," he
+called down the table, "I heard a new one to-day on Jimmie McCosh."
+Stehman then told a story about the Doctor's falling on the slippery
+stones on McCosh walk, and what he said when he could not get up. Like
+most imitations of dear old Jimmie's Scotch, Stehman's sounded like a
+poor Irish brogue. It was not a very good story, but the fellows
+imagined how it would sound if told well, and then laughed because it
+was good old Jack Stehman. Stacy thought he could do better than that.
+
+Everything was quiet. Now was the time. He cleared his throat. "Say,
+fellows, this is the way the president talks in chapel." His voice was
+high and unnecessarily loud. He arose and took hold of the lapels of
+his little coat and raised his brows and compressed his lips and
+looked side wise through his glasses and repeated very quickly in a
+strange voice, "The seven Arabic numerals do not form a sufficient
+basis for crystallization about which the cardinal virtues may
+cluster." Then he promptly sat down and began to puff vigorously upon
+his big cigar.
+
+The fellows smiled surprisedly and looked at each other. Then they
+laughed. They stopped a moment; then one by one they began to laugh
+again, as if the thing were growing on them. Finally they roared and
+kept on roaring.
+
+At home they always applauded when he got that off, although his
+mother thought it wrong in him, but they did not pound on the table
+and scream and slap each other on the back, as these fellows were
+doing now. It must have been because this audience was more familiar
+with the original. But he hardly heard them.
+
+"Say, fellows, I'll tell you the story of the little boy who stole the
+jam!" he exclaimed, excitedly. Before Stehman and one or two others of
+this same crowd he had tried once in freshman year to tell this same
+story, and failed for lack of courage. He was not the least bit
+frightened this time.
+
+He leaned back in his chair and imitated the boy's voice and blew
+smoke between sentences and gesticulated with the cigar in his hand;
+and when he had finished everyone pounded and screamed and applauded
+as before, while he only shut his lips tight and tried to look
+serious, as all good _raconteurs_ should. Would not this be fine to
+write to Fannie about?
+
+"Good! Good!" they were shouting to him. "Give us another, Stace.
+You're a good one. Do the Dr. Patton act again. These fellows haven't
+seen it."
+
+"No, we haven't seen it. Let her go."
+
+Stacy raised his eyes from the table-cloth. Those of the juniors that
+had left and some of the seniors, hearing the racket, had come in to
+see what was up. The piano had ceased. Fellows were pushing into the
+room with cues in their hands and their coats off. Some of them were
+sitting on the table. Some had their arms about one another's
+shoulders. Leaning against the door-post, with a pipe in his mouth and
+a merry twinkle in his eye, stood a senior named Bangs, whom Stacy, in
+freshman year, feared more than anything on earth. He had never, until
+this moment, forgiven him.
+
+Before Bangs and over half the active membership of the club did
+little Stacy, who used to cross the street to avoid being looked at,
+jump up on a chair and with greater gusto than ever, with his funny
+little mouth twisted up, with his voice strained to produce a peculiar
+resonance, repeat part of a sermon once preached by the president of
+the college. And when he had finished, his hearers were doubled up on
+the floor with laughter.
+
+Throughout all this Stehman alone seemed unappreciative. He laughed in
+a nervous way. Once he said, "Let's go sit by the fire." Could it be
+possible that his good friend Jack, who was accustomed to being the
+most popular, was--no, he would not think that of him.
+
+"Do something else," they were crying. "Go on. Go on. Please!"
+
+If he wanted to he could double them up once more, this time with an
+imitation of Jimmie Johnson's stuttering, but he absolutely declined.
+He knew that brevity was the soul of wit. "Stacy, you ought to go on
+the stage!" one of the seniors exclaimed.
+
+But he only answered, "Naw. That don't amount to anything. Shoot." And
+then they all began laughing once more at the mere remembrance of it.
+
+Jack arose to go. Stacy picked up the huge cigar, which had gone out,
+and jamming it firmly between his teeth, strode after his host. He
+walked past the fellows, who were still laughing, as modestly and with
+as unconscious an expression as Jack Stehman himself wore on the
+football field when running back to his place after making a
+touch-down and the crowd was cheering.
+
+In the hall he said, "I think I'll have to go now, Jack." His voice
+was joyously nervous. He could not hold in much longer.
+
+"Must you go, Ray?"
+
+"Yes. I must finish a letter. Good-night, Jack, old man. I've had a
+bully time."
+
+The buttons was helping him on with his coat, and he repeated,
+"Good-night, Jack, old man. I've had a bully time." His voice nearly
+broke.
+
+Then the door closed, and Stehman, who was angry, turned toward the
+convulsing crowd by the fire and said, in a calm voice, "I greatly
+admire what you fellows have done this evening. You are indeed typical
+Princeton men. Oh, you have the true spirit."
+
+"Fine poler, your quiet, inoffensive, young friend," some one rejoined
+with a chuckle.
+
+"Not ashamed--as you were reminding us the other night--not ashamed of
+being a poler either," said the fellow Stehman had jumped on for being
+a kid.
+
+"Wow!" cried Bangs, with a groan of laughter. "I haven't had so much
+horse since sophomore year."
+
+Then Linton spoke. "Jackie, dear, don't look that way. It's not nice.
+And do not chew a rag because your little poler did not develop as you
+wanted him to. You must learn to part with your ideals----"
+
+"And, Jack, you must admit," interrupted Davis, "that it was absurdly
+comical. It was mean to laugh, but how could we help it? His standing
+up there and kicking up his poler antics, like an old cow, and
+thinking all the time that he was----"
+
+The rest was cut short by Stehman's bringing his big fist down upon a
+table by the window. "But, Dougal," he thundered, "that doesn't make
+any difference. He was my guest. Because he tried to bring himself
+down to our tone you fellows let him make a fool of himself, and sat
+there and laughed at him, like a set of snobs. Jackson, get my coat."
+
+"You needn't talk so loud," growled a sarcastic-faced post-graduate.
+"The people across the street don't care to hear about it."
+
+"Don't go away with your back up, Jack," Linton shouted after him
+good-naturedly. "And you need not worry about little Stacy. The best
+time he ever had in college was with us snobs here to-night, and he's
+probably chuckling to himself now on his way across the campus about
+the big tear he made."
+
+But little Stacy was not doing anything of the sort. One of his new
+Blucher shoes had come untied when he had jumped up on the chair to do
+the president act, and he stopped to tie it by the light of the club
+window. And it was wide open.
+
+
+
+
+THE HAZING OF VALLIANT
+
+
+This story begins with a girl. She was small and had a nose that
+turned up and a quiet appreciation of the ridiculous. All summer long
+she sat on the sand without a veil and was nice to two little boys in
+clean duck trousers and buzz-saw hats which blew off sometimes.
+
+One of these was eighteen years old and had a complexion that women
+envied and felt like kissing. He was small and dainty and smelt like
+good soap. His name was Valliant. The other was a little older,
+considerably bigger, and much more self-assertive. Except for his duck
+trousers he wore orange and black with his class numerals on
+everything. That might have made but little difference. But the girl
+decided that she would like it more if they would become angry for her
+sake, which they one day did.
+
+After that whenever the little one was alone with her his voice was
+soft and his manner thoroughly abject. She liked this. She liked his
+sweet-and-cleanness also. The other, whose name was Buckley, had an
+untamed, defiant way of tossing his shoulders, like an unbroken
+stallion. She liked that still more. When she sat out dances with him,
+she put him where the arc-light on the veranda would play upon his
+eyes, which were good, and talked about the other boy's nice manners.
+
+Best of all she liked to have both about her at once. The sophomore
+breathed lungfuls of cigarette smoke and told her how hard his class
+would haze the freshman in the fall, and how cold the canal was on a
+frosty night, while the sub-freshman only gazed out over the legs and
+arms splashing and gleaming in the surf, and tried to smile in a way
+to show Buckley that he was not taking offence. For what could a
+sub-freshman do?
+
+Then the girl would poke the end of her red parasol in the sand and
+say: "I think it would be just too mean of you to haze Mr. Valliant.
+He is such a good friend of mine." This was because it is woman's
+nature to take the part of the weak and oppressed.
+
+But one day the sophomore made a remark about "pretty pink-cheeked
+boys," which had been better left unsaid. Then arose the younger one
+and shaking impressively a slender, pink-nailed finger, he spoke.
+"You had better not try to haze me, Will Buckley. Do you hear what I
+say?" Which was the very worst thing he could have said. Besides it
+was decidedly fresh.
+
+But he was very much in earnest and quite angry and his young voice
+broke in the middle. The sophomore laughed mirthfully and the girl
+became genuinely sorry for a moment, despite the humor of the
+situation; and as she watched his dainty legs retreating over the
+dunes toward the cottages it repented her of having stirred up enmity
+between the two, and she resolved from that day to make up for it.
+This she did by being always good to the little one in the presence of
+the big one, which seems short-sighted in her.
+
+Thus did one small girl amuse herself throughout the week, and then,
+when Saturday evening came and the children were left to burn
+cigarettes by themselves, she entertained the men with it, who came
+down to spend Sunday. For her nose turned up and she was good at
+mimicry. She won't be mentioned again.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+In the glorious old days of untrammelled class activity when everyone
+recognized that there were certain duties owed the freshman by the
+sophomore class, as Hall talk was due them from the upper-classmen
+(another good old custom now defunct), you had only casually to drop
+word to a freshman on the way to recitation to wait for you when night
+came, back of Witherspoon--as you would bid a classmate come to a
+spread in your room--and he would turn up promptly and smilingly, take
+his little dose meekly and cheerfully, and go to bed a better boy for
+it and brag about it every time he dined out in Christmas holidays.
+But all that is changed now.
+
+Even in the days of which this is written, which were only
+comparatively modern times, one had to play a very careful game to do
+any hazing. The freshman was beginning to hesitate about putting out
+his light when you yelled up at him from the street. People were
+putting strange notions in his head. He was beginning to think he had
+a personality. They were telling him he had rights. The old glory had
+departed along with Rushes and Midnight Cane Sprees and Horn Sprees
+and Fresh Fires to make room for a University spirit and linen shirts.
+At the present rate of retrogression--mark the prediction--it will not
+be many years before the freshman will be allowed to wear the orange
+and black and the sophomore a silk hat! When that day comes, may it
+be that a certain Old Grad. will have attended his last reunion.
+
+Twice had Buckley waited near the house where Valliant ate his dinner.
+But it's quite light after dinner in September. He had gone to the
+house where he roomed, and asked the landlady if any of the gentlemen
+wanted to join the Y. M. C. A. But that, like the _Nassau Lit._ and
+_Princetonian_ subscription-list-game, had been played out; the door
+was closed in his face. Then for three successive nights he waited in
+an alley near by, and on the third night the freshman came. But with
+him an upper-classman friend.
+
+Buckley said things and kept in the shadow. But the freshman had good
+eyes and said as he took out his keys, "Oh, is that you, Mr. Buckley?
+Why, how do you do? Aren't you coming up to see me?" That was horribly
+fresh.
+
+"Not now," Buckley growled. "Which is your room?" Excusing himself
+from the upper-classman, who was enjoying all this, the freshman led
+Buckley into the alley-way, and pointed up at the wing of the house.
+It was a large one and many people lived in it. "That room up there
+next to the one with a light in it. See?" he said in polite, friendly
+tones. This was decidedly fresh.
+
+Buckley said he would come up later on in the evening, which, of
+course, he had no intention of doing, and saying "Good-night"
+good-mannerly enough, he slinked off, and the freshman took his friend
+up the stairs, which smelled of damp carpets.
+
+The next night Buckley got his gang together. They blew smoke in one
+another's faces and decided that a little exhibition of oarsmanship in
+a basin of water with toothpicks would do to warm up with. Then a
+cross-country jaunt would be appropriate, running, walking, and
+crawling to the canal. Here, as the freshman was proud of his shape,
+he would be given an opportunity of displaying it while the moon
+reflected in the water. And, if he felt cold after that, he could
+climb a telephone pole for exercise--they didn't want to be
+inconsiderate of his comfort--and sing "Nearer my home to-day, to-day,
+than I have been before," at the top of it. Then with a few
+recitations and solos on the way back he could be put to bed. This
+would be a good night's work.
+
+It was nearly two o'clock when they carried the ladder into the
+alley-way. They laid it down in silence.
+
+For several reasons this was to be a right nervy go. A young professor
+and his young wife had a suite of rooms in the house. But it wasn't
+that which troubled them. This was. The moon shone full and strong
+upon the clear, blank wall of the house, and it was in plain view from
+a certain spot a distance of about two blocks away. Across this spot a
+certain owl-eyed proctor was pretty sure to pass and repass off and on
+all night.
+
+That was the reason they were sitting on the ladder waiting for a
+signal from Colston, who was over by the certain spot watching for the
+certain proctor.
+
+"Buck, which is the freshman's room?"
+
+"It was the one next to the light and the light was in the room over
+the side-door."
+
+"Second or third story?"
+
+"Sist! not so loud. Why, let's see, the third."
+
+"Yes," said Haines, "don't you see the window's open up there. None of
+the family would do that. Town people would never air----"
+
+"Listen!"
+
+A whistle came from the silent distance, the first bar from "Rumski
+Ho," then a silence, then the same bar repeated. And by this they knew
+that the proctor had walked into the open space and out of it again,
+and that if they hurried they could put the ladder against the house,
+send a man up it and take it away again before the proctor crossed
+the open space once more.
+
+Buckley started up. The others leaned against the bottom round to
+steady it. Then he came back for a moment. "Don't take it away until I
+get all the way in--until I wave my hand. There's plenty of time. Keep
+cool," he whispered, as he nimbly began his ascent. For his descent he
+was to rely upon the stairs, the freshman, and his own persuasive
+powers, for what are freshmen and stairs made for?
+
+Buckley was a right devilish young man, and typically a sophomore. The
+year before he had climbed the belfry of old North and stolen the
+bell-clapper and gained class-wide renown. Already this term he had
+mounted the water-tower and painted the freshman numerals green. The
+very night before this he had run around the eaves of Reunion, which
+is no easy trick, with "Bill," the night proctor, behind him, and when
+he dropped off the bottom round of the fire-escape into the arms of
+another proctor, he had wriggled out again. Still there are sensations
+peculiar to scaling a ladder stretching toward the black of an open
+window, with a moon throwing shadows of yourself and the rounds of the
+ladder against the dull bricks of an old-fashioned house, while old
+North strikes two in the distance. Buckley felt them.
+
+The ladder did not quite reach, and he had to stand on the top round
+and stretch for the sill. Then he pulled himself up, got one foot
+over, took a longer grip on the inside of the window, dragged the
+other foot up, as you would climb a high board fence, and was in the
+room with both feet. He leaned out and waved his hand. The top of the
+ladder silently swung out from the wall and swooped down in silence.
+Buckley turned and started across the room.
+
+He could feel the heavier atmosphere of indoors. A small clock was
+ticking somewhere. He detected a faint scent of mouchoir powder, and
+was just remarking to himself half consciously that it was just like
+that pretty-faced freshman, when from somewhere there came a soft
+voice, saying, "Is that you, dear?"
+
+Then, before all the blood near his backbone had time to freeze into
+little splinters of ice, he said, "Shsss," and stepped out of the
+moonlight and into the shadow, which is the best thing to do in case
+you are ever in a similar situation. Buckley's instinct made him do
+it.
+
+Across the silence the soft voice floated again and mingled with the
+moonlight, "Oh, I'm not asleep. But why did you stay so long, Guy,
+dear?" There was another sound. It was the squeaking of a bed-spring.
+
+Then, as Buckley's knees stiffened tight against each other, he spied
+coming toward him something white, with two black streaks hanging half
+way down, which as the thing came into the moonlight, he saw to be
+long braids of dark hair. Also, the light showed a tall, slender
+figure clothed in but one garment, which was white, and a face which
+was young and beautiful. Buckley had never seen a woman dressed that
+way before, and he closed his eyes.
+
+But he felt it coming nearer and nearer. He stood up perfectly
+straight and rigid in the darkness as two arms reached up and met
+about his neck. The arms were soft, and they smelt good.
+
+Buckley did not budge, and the soft voice began, in a sort of whisper,
+"You have not forgiven me yet?" It began to sob, and he felt the
+sobbing against his orange and black sweater. "You know I did not mean
+it. Won't you--forgive her? Won't you forgive--her?" And Buckley fully
+realized that he was in the thick of some romantically ghastly
+mistake, and that the only thing he could do to make it worse would be
+to speak or show his face.
+
+For fully half a minute he stood thus motionless, with his arms at
+his sides, gathering himself together, and trying to think what to do.
+And when he had made up his mind what to do he gritted his teeth and
+put both arms about the Clingy Thing.
+
+And when he had done that the Clingy Thing began to purr in soft,
+plaintive tones, which undoubtedly were sweet, and would probably have
+been appreciated by Buckley if he had not been so rattled. "Tell me
+that you _do_ forgive me. Say it with your own lips."
+
+Buckley said nothing with his lips. He was biting them.
+
+"Guy, speak to me!"
+
+Buckley didn't.
+
+"Speak to me, my husband!" A soft, fragrant hand came gently up along
+his cheek, which tingled, and over his eyes, which quivered, and
+pushed back the hair from his brow, which was wet. Suddenly she raised
+her head, gave one look at his face with large, startled eyes, then,
+with a shuddering gasp, she recoiled.
+
+But Buckley was not letting go. This is what he had been preparing
+for. Keeping one arm about her waist he threw the other around the
+neck in such a way that he could draw it tight if necessary, and said
+in one breath, "For heaven's sake, don't scream--I can explain!"
+
+"Ugh! Oh, let go! Who--let me go or I'll screa-ch-ch-ch."
+
+But Buckley didn't let her do either. He pressed on the windpipe,
+feeling like three or four kinds of murderers as he did so. Then, as
+she struggled with feeble, womanly might, Buckley did the fastest
+thinking he had ever done in all his nineteen years. The door of the
+room--was it locked? The stairs--where were they? The front door--was
+the night-latch above the knob? Was it below? Would it stick? All this
+time she would be screaming, and the house was full of men. He would
+be caught. He was in for something. But was he hurting her? He began
+to talk.
+
+"Oh, please, if you scream it'll only make things awfully awkward. I
+got in here by mistake. I can explain. I'm not going to hurt you. Oh,
+please, keep quiet."
+
+She tried again to wrench away from his grasp, and Buckley drew her
+back with ease, feeling half sorry for her poor little strength.
+"Promise me you'll not cry out and I'll let go."
+
+"Yes, yes, I promise," said the scared voice. "Anything. Only let me
+go."
+
+Buckley released his grasp. She fled across the room. He thought she
+was making for the door. He sprang toward it to keep her from running
+downstairs and arousing the house. But she only snatched up an afghan
+or something from the sofa, and holding it about her retreated to the
+dark part of the room.
+
+Buckley couldn't see her now, but he heard her moan, "Oh dear, oh
+dear!" in a muffled tone, and he felt that she must be cowering in the
+corner farthest away from him, and it made him have all sorts of
+contempt for himself. Then he talked again, standing with his back
+against the door and looking toward the dark. "I don't know who you
+are," he began in a loud, nervous whisper, "but whoever you are, I
+wish you wouldn't cry. Please be calm. I want to talk to you."
+
+"I don't want to hear you--I don't want to hear you."
+
+"Not so loud, or we'll be heard."
+
+"Oh, oh, how can you trade upon my necessity? Haven't you a grain of
+manhood, a spark of kindness in you----"
+
+"Yes, yes, lots," said Buckley. "Listen to me. Please listen. It's all
+a big mistake. I thought I was coming to my own room----"
+
+"Your own room!"
+
+"I mean my classmate's room--I mean I thought a freshman roomed here.
+I wouldn't have made the mistake for anything in the world. You
+aren't half as sorry I got in your room as I am--Oh, yes, you are!--I
+mean I'm awfully sorry and wish to apologize, and I hope you'll
+forgive me. I didn't mean anything----"
+
+"Mean anything!"
+
+"Really I didn't. If you'll only let me go down and promise not to
+wake the house before I get out, why, no one will ever know anything
+about it, and I'll promise not to do it again. I'm awfully sorry it
+happened." Buckley started for the door.
+
+"Mrs. Brown--Mr. Brown, help! murder!"
+
+"Oh, for heaven's sake don't!" cried Buckley.
+
+"I will. Just as soon as I get breath and strength enough I mean to
+wake the house, the neighbors, the whole town if I can."
+
+"No, you won't!" Buckley started across the room.
+
+"Stop!" she cried.
+
+He stopped. The voice was commanding. It seemed already quite strong
+enough to scream. He said: "You promised not to scream."
+
+"But you forced me to promise."
+
+"Are you going to scream?"
+
+"I am." She was getting her breath.
+
+"Oh, don't; please don't. If I wanted to, I could hurt you. I don't
+want to hurt you. Ah, have pity on me!"
+
+The bold, bad sophomore was down on his knees, with his hands clasped
+toward the dark, where the voice came from. He was very sorry for
+himself.
+
+"You stay right there in the moonlight."
+
+"Right here?"
+
+"Right there. And if you dare to move, I'll scream with all my might."
+
+Buckley first shivered and then froze as stiff as if a hair-trigger
+rifle were pointing at him. "How long must I stay here?" he asked,
+without moving his head.
+
+"Until my hus-- Until daylight," returned the voice.
+
+"Until daylight!" repeated Buckley. There was something impressive in
+the deep, rich voice of this tall young woman, and whoever she was,
+Buckley could tell, from the refined tones, that she was a lady. He
+could just make out the gleam of her face and of one arm in the dark
+corner.
+
+Outside, the crickets were scratching in the warm, still night. It was
+after two o'clock. A moon was shining in his left eye. And he, William
+Buckley, was kneeling, with his hands stretched imploringly toward a
+girl whom he had never seen before, in the third story of an
+old-fashioned Princeton house, which he had entered for the first
+time by a ladder which, by this time, was resting serenely against a
+freshly painted house in Mercer Street, whither it had been borne by
+four classmates, who were now at the corner of Canal and Dickinson
+Streets, as per agreement, and cursing him for taking such a long time
+to pull one small freshman out of bed. Meanwhile, the moon was
+approaching the window-post.
+
+"Please, oh, please, whoever you are," he began, in earnest, pleading
+tones, "won't you forgive me, and let me go?"
+
+There was no answer.
+
+"I am a gentleman. Indeed I am! I wouldn't harm a girl for the world.
+Please let me go. I'll be fired--I mean expelled from college for
+this. I'll be disgraced for life. I'll----"
+
+"Stop!" The voice seemed to be calm now. "While it may be true that
+you did not break into my room with intent to rob or injure a
+defenceless woman, yet, by your own confession, you came to torment a
+weaker person. You wanted to haze one of the freshmen in this house;
+that was it. And when my husband----"
+
+"Oh, have mercy on me. Won't you have mercy?" Then he began to tell
+her what a good boy he had always been, and how he had always gone to
+church, and how fond his mother was of him, and that he was the pride
+and ambition of the family, and similar rot, showing how completely
+scared to death he was. "Just think what this means to me," he
+concluded. "If I'm fired from college, I'll never come back. I'll be
+disgraced for life. All my prospects will be blighted, my life ruined,
+and my mother's heart broken."
+
+She gave a little hysterical sob, as if the strain were too great for
+her. "Yes, for your poor mother's sake; yes, go!" she exclaimed.
+
+"Oh, thank you with all my heart. My mother would, too, if she could
+know. I don't deserve to be treated so well. I shall always think of
+you as my merciful benefactress. I can never forgive myself for
+causing you pain. Oh, thank you."
+
+Buckley, the sophomore, who had strode into that room so manfully, in
+the full pride of his sophomorish strength and orange and black,
+grovelled across the room and out of the door, then tip-toed his way
+down the hall stairs, silently pulled back the latch of the front
+door, and sneaked off, with his tail between his legs.
+
+The outside air did him good, and by the time he reached his impatient
+class-mates he had thought up a fairly good lie about the freshman's
+being ill, quite seriously ill, and about his stopping to look after
+him a bit, which they admitted was the only thing to do under the
+circumstances, though it was blamed hard lines, after all the trouble
+they had taken. "Better luck next time, Buck," they said, and went to
+bed.
+
+By the ten o'clock mail next morning Buckley received a letter in
+strange handwriting. It said: "Just as a tall woman looks short in a
+man's make-up, so does a short man look tall in a woman's make-up, and
+you should know that blondes are hard to recognize in brunette wigs. I
+could have done more artistic acting if you had come up earlier, when
+I had on my full costume. You ought to know that a real girl wouldn't
+have behaved quite that way. You see you still have a number of things
+to learn, even though you are a soph. Sort of hard luck, all this,
+isn't it, old man? Hoping that the rouge will wash off your lips and
+that you will learn to forgive yourself, I am your merciful
+benefactress, H. G. Valliant."
+
+This is the freshest thing I ever heard of.
+
+There was a P. S. which said: "Whether or not this thing gets out
+rests entirely with you and your hazing friends."
+
+Of course it did get out, as all such things do; but Valliant was not
+bothered again by sophomores, though he ought to have been hazed up
+and down and inside-out and cross-wise by the whole college.
+
+You can see him if you attend the next production of the Dramatic
+Association.
+
+
+
+
+HERO WORSHIP
+
+
+Near Old Chapel he used to linger on the way from recitations, buying
+things from old black Jimmie and pretending to be amused by his
+stuttering conversation while he watched the passers-by. And when The
+One came along for whom he waited, he said to himself, "Oh, he's
+wearing his brown shooting-coat to-day," and turned and gazed after
+him until out of sight, wondering what lecture he had at that hour and
+how he would get along at it. Then passing on slowly across the campus
+he turned out upon the street.
+
+When he reached his room, Darnell said to another freshman that lived
+in the house, "I saw Lawrence to-day. He was walking with his arm
+around Nolan. He passed right by me." And he could also have told just
+how he nodded to the fellows along the walk and how he swung his legs.
+Darnell thought that Lawrence's gait was just right. So was his manner
+of dressing. Somehow Darnell could not make his corduroy coat hang in
+that way. It lay back all right, but it would not stay snugly up on
+his shoulders as Lawrence's did.
+
+He used to see him quite often now, for by this time he had learned at
+what hours Lawrence's lectures came. Which was more than the senior
+himself knew, for he had always to look at the schedule tacked up on
+the back of the door over the faculty and absence committee summonses.
+
+Darnell remembered the first time he saw Lawrence. It was on the
+morning of the first day of the term, while he was sitting in the
+office of the old Nassau Hotel, quietly waiting for his mother and
+trying not to appear green and thinking that everyone who came in was
+a sophomore and wanted him. It was raining, he remembered, and people
+came scurrying in with their trousers turned up and mackintoshes on.
+Lawrence came in alone.
+
+He came with his impressive stride and a very long paddock coat and a
+new kind of shooting-cap which he brought back with him from
+Piccadilly the first of the month. He frowned and glanced about the
+room. And when he found the two faces he was looking for and strode
+across to where a worried-faced gentleman in a silk hat was reading
+the paper beside a freshman with a grinning face, he said, holding
+out his hand, "So you have arrived." It was just the patrician tone
+of voice that Darnell had expected when he saw the face.
+
+When Lawrence stretched out his hand his long coat fell open and
+disclosed an orange monogram of many closely intertwined letters
+shining against the black of his undercoat. It was worked upon the
+breast-pocket, and the freshman wondered what that mysterious insignia
+might mean.
+
+He watched him as he jerked his head and blew smoke in the damp air.
+The way he tossed the ashes away was perfect. And when Lawrence
+suddenly turned and, looking frankly in the freshman's father's eyes,
+said with a reserved smile, "You need not worry about that, Mr.
+Jansen," and stretched an arm about the freshman's shoulder, Darnell
+thought he would rather be that freshman than anyone in the
+world--except the owner of the arm.
+
+Then he began to speak again, and Darnell found himself leaning
+forward a little. He remembered thinking, "I don't care if it is
+impolite to listen."
+
+Lawrence said in a rapid manner, without opening his teeth very wide,
+"The team? We brought them down from the island last evening. Sea air
+is a good tonic to begin a season's training with, and they are all
+in excellent shape. Billy, you must bring your father down to the
+field to see my big brown babies." Darnell remembered every word,
+though he did not understand quite what it meant at the time.
+
+Soon after getting settled he took pains to pick up an acquaintance
+with this freshman. That was the time he first found out that the
+senior was one of the Lawrences. The freshman said, "Yes, he's a
+mighty fine fellow. He played on his class eleven in his freshman
+year." But that was all Jansen said. He did not enthuse as he should
+have. He had no more than the ordinary fear and reverence of a
+freshman for a senior. There was a man on the team named Stehman. He
+was the one this freshman turned and gazed after on the campus.
+
+But now Darnell knew more about him than Jansen did. From the last
+year's "Bric-a-brac" he had learned the senior's club and what
+committees he was on, and the book opened up now, of its own accord,
+to the picture of the Glee Club. He could have told you Lawrence's
+middle name and his street and number at home, and his campus address
+as well. Whenever the freshman went to night session of Hall he looked
+up as he went by to see if the room in West were lighted, and he
+wondered what he was doing up there behind those curtains. Once,
+while passing by, some one was calling "Hello-o-o, Harry Lawrence!"
+and in Lawrence's own voice came a muffled "Hello! Come up." It did
+not seem quite right for them to be noisy and familiar with Lawrence
+as with ordinary fellows. He did not understand how Lawrence allowed
+it.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+In Jansen's room it was, and Old North was ringing curfew, when
+Lawrence shook his hand and said in his peculiar throaty voice, "Glad
+to know you," or else "Glad to meet you." He never could be certain
+which it was. It was on a Tuesday evening, and he had made a poor
+recitation in algebra that day. He noticed that Lawrence was only
+about an inch taller than himself.
+
+Darnell looked straight back at him and said, "I think I have heard my
+sister speak of you, Mr. Lawrence. She met you down here at the
+sophomore reception last June." His voice was perfectly firm and
+strong, but his mouth persisted in drooping a little at the corners.
+He could not help that.
+
+Lawrence said, "Yes, I remember very well," which delighted the
+freshman's sister Louise, when Darnell wrote to her about it, just as
+much as if it had been true. "Is your sister coming down to any of
+the dances this year?" added the senior.
+
+"No, I don't believe she is. My aunt brought a whole crowd down that
+time. Mamma was on the other side, or she would not have allowed it.
+Louise is not out yet." Then he dropped his big brown eyes and blushed
+because he felt that he was talking too much and because he had said
+"mamma" before the senior.
+
+But Lawrence was only looking grave and interested and well-bred, and
+he replied, "I see. That's too bad. I wish she could come."
+
+"Yes," said Darnell, "I wish she could come," and then, although he
+did not want to, he arose to go, because he thought that Lawrence
+wished to talk confidentially with his freshman, Jansen.
+
+Lawrence, who did not care about his going, because he found it as
+easy to talk to two freshmen as to one, said, "I hope I'm not driving
+you out, Bonnell. Good-night. If your sister should decide to come
+down this year, don't forget to let me have a chance at her card
+before it's filled. Good-night, Bonnell."
+
+"Oh, I won't," said the freshman. "Good-night."
+
+As if he could forget. As if he would be allowed to forget, indeed!
+She, dear little thing, in her own becoming little way, worshipped
+him, too. And at Mrs. Somebody's School in Somethingtieth Street, she
+used to slip an arm about the waist of her latest everlasting friend,
+and whisper something about it on the way upstairs after prayers.
+
+During her evening's acquaintance with him in June she had told the
+great, dark, wonderful man that had "a whole tragedy in his face," "a
+certain indefinable something" in his manner, and many other things,
+too, no doubt, that she had a brother who was coming to college the
+next fall, and she asked Lawrence in a very timid, pretty, natural
+manner if he would please look out for her brother, who would be a
+freshman and only sixteen years old. And Lawrence, who was watching
+the way she held her head and approving of it, said, "Of course I
+will," and forgot about it during the next dance, which was with a
+Newark girl, who asked him how the Sunday night hot-liquor club was
+prospering. That was last June.
+
+To be sure Lawrence did not get his name just right, but then many
+people did not come that near when they first heard it. Besides, what
+of that? Had he not looked at him and addressed him twice? That was
+more than most freshmen could say.
+
+But it hurt a little the next day, when Darnell changed his mind
+about going to the library because he saw that if he kept on up the
+walk he would meet Lawrence coming toward Dickinson's with three other
+seniors. For he received only an absent-minded glance without the
+movement of an eyelash. But you could not expect Lawrence to remember
+all the people he met. And, perhaps, he was worshipped all the more
+for it.
+
+On Sunday he used to gaze with his big brown eyes from his seat in the
+freshman section way over through the juniors and past some of the
+seniors, back to Lawrence's place. Sometimes a big head of football
+hair was in the way, so that he could not tell whether he was there.
+He was absent so frequently. But when they all arose to sing the first
+hymn, then he could see, and then he would recall what the football
+column in the paper he had been reading before chapel reported that
+"President Lawrence" had done or said, and he wondered whether he
+himself had read it and how it felt to see one's own words in type.
+
+He seldom joined in the singing, Darnell noticed, unless it was "Ein
+Feste Burg" or "Lead, Kindly Light," and though he could not tell why,
+Darnell admired him all the more for his not singing every time. At
+any rate, it was just like him to stand there with his hands in his
+pockets and his aristocratic head thrown back and look dark and grave
+and mysterious. He always looked especially so, Darnell thought, in
+chapel. His mien seemed to be haughty and kingly, not merely dignified
+and exclusive like that of many upper-classmen. Lawrence when a
+freshman could never have been hazed or guyed. He could not imagine
+him stooping to haze anyone either.
+
+Lawrence could do anything. Anyone could see that from his eyes and
+chin and the straight, firm mouth with the thin lips. Darnell knew
+very well that Lawrence could stand high in his class if he wanted to.
+Probably he could play football. He was built well enough. Darnell
+thought it would not be quite Lawrence's style to play football. He
+would hate to see him tackled or rolling in the mud. That would never
+do for him. Lawrence, he thought, would not have played on the team if
+he were asked. Darnell had been a Princeton man less than a month.
+
+But he had what was far better than playing on the team--the
+management of it. And he was just right as he was. He was a dignified,
+weighty senior, respected by all and feared by many, no doubt, and a
+man, not a boy, who had travelled much and lived much and had had all
+sorts of experiences in his younger days. He was old now, nearly
+twenty-two.
+
+But the most wonderful thing about him was his composure and his
+commanding reserve. He had the look of the gentleman. His manner
+seemed altogether impervious to excitement. He was master of every
+situation. To have such a man in their classes must have been rather
+embarrassing to the professors. Darnell supposed that the other
+Lawrences were rather afraid of him when he came home.
+
+His perfect command of himself and of everyone and of everything about
+him was what most impressed the freshman. That was the reason that
+when his idol fell, it jarred him.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+On Thanksgiving evening his head was throbbing and his ears ringing
+with the echo of horns and cheers, and before his eyes were flashing
+little kodak recollections of how the line looked when the ball was
+put in play, and how the crowd waved and yelled when the full-back
+tried for a goal. But there was a lot of aunts and cousins and
+things-in-law for dinner, whom he had to kiss and smile at when they
+said, "How you have grown!" He wanted to get near some class-mate and
+put his arm about him and talk it all over, like any other healthy
+young man after the game. And, as early as he decently could, he
+slipped on his big new coat and stole out by the basement door.
+
+He walked down the avenue to Madison Square, getting jostled and
+excited once more. Noisy gangs of fours and eights and dozens were
+marching and dancing along the street. Some wore orange, others blue.
+Some were students at various colleges, most of them had never seen
+one.
+
+He went into the Hoffman. Closely packed streams of men were crowding
+in and out. The air was hot and there was a confused din of many
+voices. He worked his way to the end of the glaring room, but saw none
+of his intimates and but few fellows that he had ever seen before.
+Most of the crowd were of the sort he had seen on the street, young
+men of the town with college ribbons all over them, and such
+boisterous noises grated on him, so he started out again. Some hoarse
+cheering and husky laughter made him turn and look toward the corner
+where the throng was thickest. Then he hurriedly pushed his way
+through the crowd to gain a nearer view of what he saw upon the table.
+
+He tried to persuade himself that it was someone else. He did not
+understand how he could be among people of this sort.
+
+But there was no mistaking that mouth, though he had never seen the
+hair hanging down that way, nor the eyes as they were now. About the
+neck was the rim of a hat.
+
+Suddenly two other fellows brushed past Darnell. He looked up and
+thought he remembered having seen their faces on the campus. They
+seemed to be excited, and they wedged their way roughly through the
+crowd to the table. "Leave him alone," one of them was calling out
+above the din. Brushing aside some slight interference, they picked up
+the heap from the table, half carried it through the crowd, saying, as
+they went along, "You're all right, Harry. Brace up, Harry, you're all
+right," and paying no attention to the crowd, they hurried across the
+room to the Twenty-fourth Street entrance and disappeared.
+
+For a moment the freshman only stared at a long, tall clock and
+wondered. Then he suddenly turned and hurried out into the street.
+
+It was no affair of his. The others were there. They were the ones to
+take care of him. But the electric light had given him one glimpse,
+and for the moment it was very revolting. He turned and walked slowly
+home.
+
+He tried to reason himself out of it. It was nothing to feel so queer
+over. It was not such a terrible thing, after all, especially after
+having the game turn out as it did. Most every young man was
+indiscreet at some time or other. Lawrence was a young man like many
+others, only he happened to have been indiscreet under unfortunate
+circumstances. That was all. It seemed worse than it really was.
+
+But he did not want Lawrence to be like others. That was just the
+point. If it had been someone else he would not have cared. But for
+Harry Lawrence, Lawrence the superb, his Lawrence, there in that
+glaring place--jeered at and made a fool of--by that mob of muckers.
+It was all wrong.
+
+"Well," he said to himself, as he went upstairs to his room, "I
+suppose I'm too much of a kid, and I'll have to get over my kid ways
+of looking at things. The sooner the better."
+
+But all the same, it hurt, and when he was dropping off to sleep, he
+was startled into wakefulness again by one of those queer, sudden
+pangs which make one ask, "What is it I've lost?"
+
+
+
+
+THE RESPONSIBILITY OF LAWRENCE
+
+
+I
+
+Many fellows seem to think that all an athletic officer has to do is
+to look important and travel about the United States with his team and
+make out a bill for expenses.
+
+It's easy enough to carry a japanned tin box, and sell tickets through
+a hole where the wind blows, as treasurer. As president it is a fine
+thing to make frequent trips to New York, and attend conclaves that
+are secret, and make speeches in conventions and read your opinions
+next morning in the paper in fine long sentences prefixed with
+"President So-and-so said last night," and to be lunched by famous
+authorities and interviewed by rapacious reporters who think that
+because the public supports football they have a right to see all the
+inside workings of intercollegiate diplomacy. All this is the pretty
+part of it.
+
+But like all greatness there is a deal of hard hustling and
+perspiration and discouragement and annoyance underneath. So much so,
+that one seldom has time to tell himself how fine a thing it is to
+wear a 'varsity blazer with the orange monogram on the breast-pocket.
+And this is usually heavy with bills to pay and memoranda of things to
+see to. Besides, the responsibility is tremendous.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+H. Lawrence, Ninety Blank, had blood-shot eyes this morning, and he
+hurried down the clattering iron stairs of West College tying his
+neck-tie. As the ugly entry door slammed behind him he did not put his
+hands in his pockets and begin to whistle, as he used to do in
+under-classman days, because he was not sauntering over to Reunion to
+smoke a pipe, or down to Witherspoon to loaf until the next lecture.
+He glanced at the clock in old North tower and hit up his pace.
+
+He had given orders to the team to be at the station with their grips
+packed at 9.38, and before that time he had to wire a member of the
+Graduate Advisory Committee, asking where he could find him that
+evening, and to an official of the Manhattan Athletic Club that he
+should not be able to consider his proposition at present, and to the
+manager of a Southern college football team that he regretted that all
+Princeton's open dates were now filled, and to the Jersey City Station
+restaurant to prepare a luncheon of training food for twenty men, and
+not to roast the beef to death this time. After that he would have to
+call upon the dean and find out whether the faculty had decided to let
+Harrison play football or not, and find and be nice to another member
+of the faculty who was indignant because seventeen grand stand tickets
+had not been saved for him and his wife's relatives at the last
+Saturday's game, and then hurry to the station by way of the bank,
+where he would ask if they had heard anything more about that
+protested check, while he was making a good one out for himself, and
+then see to it that all the team and subs were flocked together and
+pushed into the train and made to stay there until told to get out and
+play football. Some of which would have been more properly the duties
+of Sinclair, the treasurer, who was not catching on as rapidly as
+Lawrence thought he should.
+
+He took long, strong strides and looked straight ahead of him, which
+was in the direction of an old shop opposite the gate, with a
+picturesquely warped roof which he did not see.
+
+He did not see the fellows along the walk either, and those he did not
+cut he nodded to absently without removing his frown. This caused
+certain passers-by to shake their heads and say, "Harry Lawrence is
+getting a swelled head since he's become so important," especially
+those who greatly wanted to be important themselves but weren't, and
+so had plenty of time to criticise those who were.
+
+But Lawrence, with a half dozen unopened letters in his pocket which
+he would read on the train going up, did not dream of being
+criticised. And if he had he would not have felt very badly about it.
+He did not have time.
+
+Nor would he have had time to stop and thank his good friends Nolan
+and Linton, who, when Lawrence had rushed by with one of those
+"How-do's" which make one think that one's name has been forgotten,
+had looked worried and then said, "Harry'll kill himself before the
+end of the season," while Lawrence tore open a telegram with which the
+boy met him in front of College Offices and hurried on. He had no time
+for breakfast, because the man had forgotten to wake him, and the
+night before he had been handling the files of applications for the
+Thanksgiving game seats with Sinclair and dictating to a stenographer
+until 2 A.M.
+
+Every evening from eight until midnight there was a reception in his
+room, with Sinclair to help receive. It began when they came in from
+the club after dinner, with a workman or two from the town waiting in
+the entry, who touched their hats and said, "Please, sir, Mr. McMaster
+says this bill is correct." Then would come members of the team who
+wanted the management to remove conditions for them, and coachers who
+wanted to talk serious business and had but a short time to spare, and
+some of the fellows who wanted to smoke and chat and seemed hurt when
+told to get out; and in addition, the hordes of applicants for seats,
+who kept running in and out, incessantly buzzing in the management's
+ears like flies, and just as pestiferously merciless, from eight until
+twelve, when the door was locked.
+
+These represented all phases of college life, from the professor who
+"never incurred any difficulty in getting all the seats he wanted in
+previous years" to the young freshman whose mother knew the
+management's mother, and thought he might be especially considered for
+that reason, and including class-mates who made it a personal matter
+of friendship, and thought they ought to be considered ahead of mere
+strangers for that reason. Also emissaries from a certain woman's
+college, who must have tickets before they are put on sale, because
+the poor, timid girls could not stand in line with all those men, and
+cousins of members of the team, and many others, all of whom furnished
+an excellent reason for being entitled to just a little more
+consideration than anyone else. None of which counted them anything in
+Lawrence's reign.
+
+But this was not what made Lawrence scowl and look fierce as he
+hurried by a little, wistful-eyed freshman, whom he did not see, and
+who had been hoping all the way from the First Church gate to the
+dean's that maybe this time the senior would recognize him. Lawrence
+was used to all this, and he liked it. He liked having a lot of things
+to attend to in a short time, to see many people and give orders and
+talk fast and feel his brain warm with quick thinking. He enjoyed
+responsibility, and he thought it was thrilling to get in a situation
+and then take a long breath, so to speak, and command it. Nor was he
+too old to fully appreciate his privilege of being on intimate terms
+with ancient heroes of the football field, and he was glad to be
+thrown with so many other prominent alumni. And he took great
+satisfaction in watching the long-headed Advisory men begin to
+acknowledge by their attitude that although an undergraduate he had
+reliable executive ability and somewhat of independent resource
+besides. One of them clapped him on the back one day and said, "Good!
+That's the proposition we'll make 'em," and added, "You are your
+father's own son, Lawrence."
+
+Except that he would have liked to have a little time to loaf and
+enjoy life, he was quite well pleased with being president of the P.
+U. F. B. A., and did not care a rap whether the college considered him
+arrogant or not. He was attending to his own business and had the
+satisfaction of knowing that he was doing it rather well, with the
+attendant satisfaction of having had the honorable position given him
+by the vote of the college body without his or his friends'
+boot-licking one of them for it. And that is one of the most
+satisfactory feelings in the world.
+
+The thing that troubled him was a letter in his pocket. That was the
+reason that when the ninth old grad. approached him on the field and
+said, "Say, Lawrence, just between us now, what do you think of the
+chances with Yale?" he replied, curtly, "How do I know?" and hurried
+on up the side lines. This was decidedly fresh, and he jumped on
+himself afterward because he did not believe in letting private
+affairs interfere with business. Usually he could stand a dozen old
+graduates.
+
+The letter had come the day before. It was from his father and
+enclosed Lawrence's November allowance. He never received but one
+letter a month from the governor, and it nearly always contained two
+statements: "Enclosed please find ..." and "Your mother and all are
+well," both of which make very agreeable reading.
+
+This time the letter was not dictated, but written in the Colonel's
+own small, straight hand, and there was an extra paragraph. It ran
+thus: "Had I known what this official position of yours involved, the
+amount of time, the number and variety of interruptions, and the
+vulgar prominence that your name and movements occupy in the press, I
+should never have given my consent, which, as you may remember, I did
+reluctantly, to your acceptance of it. In my opinion what you are
+learning at college could better be acquired at home: a little of
+business down-town with me, your _other accomplishments_ up-town in
+the clubs and other places with your friends." This was not the sort
+of letter to do any good.
+
+"'Your other accomplishments'--now what the devil does he mean by
+that, I wonder?" thought Lawrence. And then he folded the letter and
+tossed it into a pigeon-hole marked "Unanswered," and turned his
+attention upon a large blue-print marked "Stand B" and tried to assure
+himself that the reason his mind kept jumping back to pigeon-hole
+"Unanswered" was because he was sorry at being too busy to study, and
+disliked having such a low stand in class. But it wasn't his class
+standing that kept him awake until old North struck five.
+
+After this when in New York he did not go up-town to dine with the
+family as often as formerly. When he did his father merely said,
+"Judge Hitchcock told me he saw you on Broadway last Wednesday," and
+similar remarks in a casual tone.
+
+"Yes, sir," Harry would reply, with his attention on the crest on his
+plate.
+
+Then each would wonder what the other meant, until Helen would
+interrupt with, "By the way, I saw by the _Tribune_ this morning that
+'President Lawrence of Princeton' says that Yale will beat Harvard at
+Springfield. So it's all right then, Winston." He was her husband,
+Yale '86, and Helen was a good sister, who had a large intuition and
+knew things.
+
+On Thanksgiving Day the College of New Jersey went up to New York
+feeling quite certain of winning the game. The alumni said we would
+win. The heelers doubled their bets. The coachers were sure we'd win.
+Most of the authorities conceded the victory to Princeton. The team
+were confident of winning. Yale won.
+
+During the dinner after the game, Lawrence was dignified and silent.
+People thought he was rattled, if anyone thought about anything else
+than the one big, sad fact. He presided gracefully though. He was very
+good to look at. The dinner, which is usually very long, was wound up
+early, few being unwilling, and Lawrence helped put one of the
+blubbering backs to bed who had taken too much for a training stomach
+and head. Then he went downstairs, saying, "Now, then, my
+responsibility is over with. I am going to have a good time."
+
+
+II
+
+He had done it hard because he did everything hard. It had lasted
+several days and ended in a hospital in West Philadelphia, where he
+had three stitches put in his forehead. Now he was back in his old
+room in West College, with a pipe in his mouth, drumming on the arms
+of his chair and staring straight at his feet, which were upon the
+roller-top desk. Dark rings were under his eyes and he told himself
+that he had had a good time.
+
+He was thinking that it was quite a storybook coincidence that they
+should have come together, those two letters. They were so different
+and yet so much the complement of each other.
+
+The first was from his father. He had torn it open with his pen, as he
+would any other letter, and though he saw that it was several pages in
+length and knew intuitively that it would not be like any other letter
+he had ever read, he had deliberately rolled up the envelope to get a
+light for his pipe from the fire, and he had stretched out in the
+chair again as he was before, with his legs sprawled out in front and
+elbows resting on the arms, holding the letter before his face.
+
+Then he had commenced to smoke very hard, and presently stopped
+rocking back and forth as he read the words written in that clear,
+even hand, without a flourish or a superfluous mark, words that had
+caused him to gnaw the mouth-piece of his pipe as they burned their
+way into him. And all the while he pictured to himself a tall figure
+in a smoking-jacket trimmed with white braid sitting up straight and
+rigid at his desk in the corner of the cosey inner room of the office
+in William Street, and recalled how once, when an absconding clerk had
+left a temporary cloud on the name of the firm, the old, steely eyes
+had flashed under the lowering brows as the old gentleman had taken
+his seat at the breakfast-table, where he ate nothing.
+
+The letter sounded very like the governor. There was no mistaking its
+meaning. It was a succinct and comprehensive report of dissatisfaction
+at the younger Lawrence's methods, with a list of debts of filial
+affection and memoranda of overdraws on parental patience covering the
+last three years, and accompanied by a brief prospectus for the
+unpromising future. It was the sort of a letter he would have fancied
+a stately old gentleman like his father that was proud of his name
+writing to a son like himself that had disgraced it.
+
+Only it would have been just as well, Lawrence thought, to have
+omitted that part of the letter. He was quite willing to admit most of
+the hard things his father said of him because they were facts, but
+this about dishonorable cowardice and the family name was going a
+little too far, and he told himself that he did not quite see how he
+could stand that from anyone. And he sat up straight and pressed hard
+on the arms of his chair and looked very like the indignant old
+Colonel who had written the words.
+
+It was uncalled for, it was unjust, it was ridiculous. If his father
+would stop to think of things as they really were in this world,
+thought Lawrence, Ninety Blank, these little shortcomings of his would
+not appear a bit worse than those of some of the very same young men
+in town whose industry and clean business ability the Colonel so much
+admired, and whom he spoke of as the hope or flower or something of
+Manhattan's commercial supremacy or something.
+
+It was merely that he happened to be indiscreet the last time he was
+having a good time. He had made a little too much noise, and the echo
+had reached a number of people in town. That was all. It was hard
+luck, but it did not amount to enough to become dramatic over. Merely
+because his great-grandfather did something and his grandfather was
+something was no reason, as far as he could see, why the Lawrences
+should have unique moral standards. The governor was certainly getting
+old.
+
+Then he had carefully arranged the leaves of the letter in order,
+mechanically folded and put them in a pigeon-hole of the desk, and
+opened and spread out the other letter before him. But he did so
+unconsciously, for he was staring straight out ahead of him into the
+face of the future, which had expressionless features. His father had
+concluded with "Signify to me at once your intention of a complete
+change in your career, or, notwithstanding your nearness to
+graduation, I shall take you out of college and put you at work in Van
+Brunt's." That is not the way a boy likes to be written to.
+
+"Oh, no, I don't think I'd do all that if I were you." He could not
+abide his father's tone when he spoke of _taking_ him out of college
+or _putting_ him at work, or doing anything with him. He was still
+young enough not to fancy being considered young.
+
+And then the actuality of the situation occurred to him, and he was
+reminded that although twenty-one he had not a cent of his own, and
+that there was no place in the world to go to or a thing that he could
+do to make money enough to even pay his debts.
+
+"Picture of a young man taken out of college because he is bad." He
+smiled broadly at himself in the glass over the mantelpiece. But it
+wasn't very funny.
+
+And it was at this point that he dropped his eyes to read his father's
+words once more, and was startled for an instant to see a strange
+handwriting, and then remembered the other letter. He was again
+startled by the first words that met his glance. "Haven't you had
+enough of college?" At the top of the paper was the name of a La Salle
+Street, Chicago, firm. It was not so very queer after all. It was only
+that it was so startlingly apropos. He read the letter in eager gulps.
+Then he read it again.
+
+It was from his friend Clark, who had been so kind to him when he was
+out there. And now he was still more kind. It was singular that the
+offer should come just now, on that very day, at that very hour. He
+would wire back his acceptance that afternoon. "Now, of course, it is
+too bad to make you stop in the middle of your last year," the letter
+ran, "but we can't hold it open after the first of January. I know
+what a big concession you consider it for a New Yorker to come to
+Chicago, but you know better than to be prejudiced. You know the crowd
+you'll blow with and the clubs you'll be in, and as the situation is
+something extraordinary to be offered to so young a man, I hope you'll
+wire me your acceptance at once. The mature judgment you showed in
+conducting...." These words came to his heated brain like a cool
+lake-breeze. This was what he wanted more than anything else in the
+world just now, to get away from his present surroundings, and to
+start anew, where he would be his own master, making his own money and
+disposing of it as it suited him, and responsible to no one for the
+use he made of it or his time. He wanted to be free.
+
+The bell in Old North broke in on him. He looked at the clock on the
+mantelpiece, and was surprised to see that it was only four, and that
+it must have been but a half hour since he received those two letters.
+Then he remembered that he had a lecture at that hour. It made him
+smile to think of it.
+
+But, it occurred to him, it would be a right good idea to go--he would
+be going to few enough more--anything to get out of the close
+atmosphere of the room and interrupt the current of his thought. For
+his thoughts were chasing each other about in a circle, and they would
+not stop, although he pressed his forehead with both hands, as he used
+to do during the football season. Lately his brain had taken to
+behaving in a very queer manner, and a fellow he knew at the College
+of Physicians and Surgeons had told him that if he did not stop
+worrying about things he would have neurasthenia or something as ugly
+sounding as that.
+
+As he opened the entry door and stepped out into the open air of the
+campus, the old bell began throbbing, clear and strong, in his ears.
+It somehow recalled freshman year and how he used to run to reach his
+seat before it stopped ringing.
+
+He was in the crowded quadrangle now, with fellows all about him with
+books or note-books under their arms, whistling and singing and
+hallooing and scraping their feet along the walks just as they had
+always done. Over in front of Reunion was the usual crowd kicking
+football and squabbling over their points. The side over by College
+Offices was shouting exultingly "Nine to seven!" and a fellow on the
+side near by was announcing with equal conviction, as he turned the
+ball over in his hands to punt, "Eight to seven." Lawrence found
+himself saying "Eight to seven," and mechanically watched the ball as
+it sailed through the air and lodged up in one of the second-story
+balconies, and stopped to listen to them set up the cry, just as he
+knew they were going to, "Thank you, up there, please, thank you-u-u!"
+
+It struck him as queer that all this was going on just as it always
+had, without a single variation to show that this day was different
+from other days. It seemed odd to think that he was not to be a part
+of this any more. It somehow seemed more odd than sad. He told himself
+that it would be a great relief to fly far away from it all.
+
+Down the walk came a group of his own class-mates, carelessly
+slouching along from lecture, laughing and joking, with their arms on
+one another's shoulders. It was Linton and Nolan and Stehman and
+others. "Hello, there, Harry!" they said and passed on down the walk.
+Lawrence turned and watched them. He had replied to their salute in
+his usual manner. It had seemed natural and his voice was in perfect
+imitation of heartiness, and yet he could not help thinking how little
+difference it would make to him if they all fell down dead. The sight
+of them bothered, Nolan's bow legs annoyed him. He hoped he would
+never see Nolan again. And this was Billy Nolan!
+
+The bell was echoing and re-echoing in his ears, and each stroke
+fairly made him jump. The sight of so many people and the knowledge
+that there were others behind him were beginning to give him a feeling
+of distress. He felt that he could not stand having so many people
+press close to him. It was somehow rattling him. Everything he saw
+hurt, and he only wanted to get far away from it all. For he told
+himself that he hated the campus and its life, and everything that had
+to do with it. The very expression of the buildings was offensive to
+him. He wanted to upset the wheelbarrow and its sticky contents when
+old black Jimmie touched his hat to him, and he felt like kicking two
+innocent seminoles that hurried past with quick, conscientious steps
+that made their coat-tails flap behind. All of this was nervous
+nonsense, and he knew it.
+
+He left the crowded walk and walked over toward the cannon and leaned
+against a nearby elm-tree. Then he fixed his gaze steadily upon the
+top of the old cannon and tried to think of nothing else. He had
+learned to take himself in hand this way during his overworked
+football season. "It isn't so bad as all this," he said aloud to
+himself. "You are still rocky and your blamed nerves are getting in
+their work again. That's all it is. Now, then, hold on. You aren't a
+hysterical little school-girl, you know."
+
+In a moment he started on toward Dickinson Hall again. "We are going
+to a lecture now," he explained to himself in a whisper, "and we're
+going to hear lots of interesting things. We can talk over all those
+other matters later on. There's plenty of time, plenty of time."
+
+He took a long, full breath, as though to hold on tight, and threw up
+his head and looked squarely into a pair of brown eyes that were
+gazing intently at him. It was That Freshman.
+
+He had often wondered why he was constantly running across this same
+little freshman with the sensitive mouth and the large, thoughtful
+eyes. He did not know his name, but he enjoyed observing from the
+patronizing height of a senior an air of delicate refinement in the
+features and movements of the boy. Sometimes when in a good humor he
+nodded to him. But just now the peculiar wistful gaze breaking in on
+him in his tossed-up state of mind seemed eerie. For an instant he had
+a feeling of guilty fright, as if caught doing something. And then,
+because angry with himself for being startled by a freshman, he
+blurted out, in a husky voice, "Oh, what do you want?"
+
+The under-classman blushed and stepped back. He said something
+incoherent ending with "Why--er--nothing-- I beg pardon." He attempted
+a smile, failed, colored more than ever, dropped his eyes in
+embarrassment, and with a sort of shiver turned on his heel.
+
+The senior, with his own harsh voice still echoing in his ear, stood
+there with his hands in his pockets watching the younger boy shrinking
+before him. Then something inside of him was touched. He felt how
+brutally rude he had been, and he wanted to make amends for it. He
+felt more than that. He wanted to be kind to this boy with the refined
+face; he wanted to be tender toward him, to protect him, or something
+queer and wild like that. Though he did not acknowledge it to himself
+tears were ready to come to his dark, blood-shot eyes with the dark
+rings under them, and he had an impulse to throw his arm about the
+freshman's shoulder and say: "You dear little fellow!" Neurasthenia
+could account for some of this.
+
+As it was he turned and followed the freshman from the side of the new
+bulletin-elm, where this took place, to the corner of the Old North.
+Here, hardly realizing what he was doing, he touched his shoulder and
+said, in a gruff voice, though he did not mean it to be, "Don't you
+want to take a walk?"
+
+But even if he had stopped to think about its being an odd thing to
+do, it would have made no difference. He was hardly in a mood for
+considering conventionalities.
+
+After awhile he found himself walking with the freshman way out toward
+the Prep. school. To the left was the old view of rolling fields and
+the gentle hill. Underfoot were the uneven stones of the old walk with
+water-puddles in the hollowed-out places. And there beside him walked
+the freshman, talking in a natural tone about a fine tennis-player
+that he thought was coming to college next year. It was all quite as
+if it were an ordinary occurrence.
+
+Lawrence could remember the freshman's look of surprise as they
+started across the campus, and he recollected murmuring some apology
+for his rudeness by saying that he thought it was someone else at
+first. Then he must have started the conversation by asking the
+freshman what recitation he had just had. But after that it was all a
+blank until now. He was under the impression that he had been nodding
+to people, but he could not remember who they were or anything about
+them except a big-visored, faded crimson cap that someone had on.
+Probably he had been carrying on the conversation automatically with
+the freshman, but it must have been all right, for the boy did not
+look as though anything strange had happened. But a very great deal
+had.
+
+Perhaps it was a sort of hypnotism, though very likely it could be
+explained as nothing of the kind, but at any rate from the moment his
+thoughts had been stopped with a jerk at meeting the freshman they had
+taken a different turn. With the boy at his side and his gentle voice
+in his ears Lawrence had begun thinking about another red-cheeked boy
+he had known once; and it seemed much more than four years ago. He
+felt again the very expression of those old bright days at school when
+he took prizes and played on the eleven. He remembered the old field
+and how the afternoon sun used to reflect from one of the windows near
+by. There came back to him the very odor of the polished desk in the
+school-room where he scratched H. L. L., and all the little details of
+those dear old days of happy monotony and innocent amusements. He felt
+again the old excitement of an approaching vacation. He remembered how
+he used to check off the days on the calendar over the mantelpiece,
+and he remembered the first trip he took home alone and the blue
+serge suit he wore, of which he was so proud, and how he wondered who
+would meet him at the station, and best of all, how he used to jump
+out of the carriage and run up the steps of home and meet the one that
+came out into the hall to meet him. Joyously and innocently he used to
+look up into the soft gray eyes that seemed to say, "I am proud of my
+boy." But that was a peculiar thing to think of just now. A passage in
+his father's letter occurred to him. "Of course I did not, nor shall I
+advise your mother of all this"--he had had to turn the page, he
+remembered, to find the rest of it--"it would break her heart." "Of
+course," he said to himself, hurriedly, "it wouldn't do at all." Then
+he thought he did not care to dwell upon old times any more. It was at
+this point that he awoke, so to speak, and found himself walking with
+this freshman whose name he did not know.
+
+But instead of everything springing back to actuality immediately as
+one would suppose, it took some time to hammer things into seeming as
+they really were in their proper proportions. It was like trying to
+act sober. He began by paying conscious attention to what his young
+friend was saying.
+
+After all he was only a freshman. He talked like any other fellow
+except that his voice was more gentle, and he had a deferential manner
+when addressing him. Though rather young to be in college and of
+unusual appearance, there was not enough about him to affect a fellow
+in such a queer sentimental way.
+
+And yet he did. To Lawrence he seemed different from everyone else in
+the world. He had never experienced this peculiar melting feeling
+toward anyone before. What was more, he liked it, and he had no
+thought of laughing himself out of it. He had an undefined idea that
+it was doing him good. He felt like clinging close to this companion
+who was younger and seemed so many times better and purer than
+himself.
+
+Then suddenly the senior was struck by something he had not remarked
+before. He waited a moment to make sure. Then it came again. There was
+no mistaking it this time. The refined voice was dragging in profanity
+at absurdly frequent intervals, with every other sentence almost. He
+had very likely been doing so all along. And the odd part of this was
+that every word of it was making Lawrence wince and shiver like seeing
+a respectable woman drunk. It was none of his business. It was all
+nonsense. The expletives were not very bad ones anyway. But he did
+not care to stand any more of this; and as abruptly as he had proposed
+the walk he said: "Oh, excuse me, I have an engagement," and turned
+rapidly toward the campus. Perhaps neurasthenia had a hand in this
+also.
+
+He did not stop to see how the freshman took it. He did not want to
+think of him now. He fairly ran up Nassau Street with a feeling as
+though someone was after him. He rushed past the fellows along the
+walk and nearly bumped into the three old professors starting off with
+the Irish setter for their sedate evening stroll. He was trembling
+when he reached his room, and he slammed the door and threw himself
+down on the rug before the fire.
+
+He knew something was coming. He knew what it was, too, but he was
+going to fight it off as long as he could. He drew the end of the fur
+skin up over his head and pressed hard with both hands, as though that
+would keep him from thinking of what he did not want to think. Then he
+rubbed the back of his hand across his wet brow and tried to sneer the
+thing away as he had always been able to do at other times. But this
+was not at all like any of the other times, and it would not work.
+Besides his nerves were in no shape for a fight of this sort, and he
+soon gave up. He let his head fall back against the rug and he lay
+there flat on the floor while the aching thoughts came soaking over
+him. All this had been accumulating for many days. The freshman had
+set it off.
+
+And it was not as if he had only a little to feel sorry over. He could
+not even say, "I'm no worse than most fellows," for he had gone quite
+far indeed, much farther than anyone in the world, except two or
+three, had any idea of, and he had things to remember that very few
+older sinners than he would often care to think about. It seemed so
+certain to him now, as he lay there breathing hard and staring at the
+fire as though expecting it to jump out at him, that these
+remembrances were never going to let up on him for a single moment; as
+long as he lived, no matter how he might live in the future, these
+unforgetable things were, from this time on, to rise up and spoil
+every bit of sweetness in life for him.
+
+But that was not what hurt the most. It was just and reasonable that
+all that should be as it was. It was the thought of his people at home
+that was making him squirm and roll over toward the desk and then back
+again toward the fire. What had they done to deserve this? He could
+not understand. Aside from all consideration of right and wrong, or
+wisdom and folly, he was astounded at the thought of how a fellow
+could be so dead, dead unkind. It would not seem possible at first. He
+kept asking himself, "Is this really true? Is it really true?"
+
+For an hour he lay there on the floor, with his remorse and his sick
+nerves, telling himself the kind of a fellow he was, while the rest of
+the college went to dinner.
+
+After this came the reaction, the natural instincts of love and
+yearning for the home that he had left. He told himself how that
+vacations would come, and little Dick, the prep., would come, and
+Helen and all would come out there to the old place on Long
+Island--all but one. His place at the table would be vacant. No, there
+would be no place for him. They would avoid mentioning his name. They
+would change the subject when visitors referred to him. After awhile
+visitors would learn not to refer to him. He would be known as "the
+one that went to the devil."
+
+All his self-reliance had been squeezed out of him. He did not care to
+be independent now. He did not want to be free. He wanted--oh, how he
+wanted!--a place to go to and people to care about him, like everyone
+else. He shrank from the thought of standing alone. He did not feel
+equal to it. He felt himself to be nothing but a boy, after all, a
+bad, foolish, wilful, sick boy, and he wanted to run home and, just
+for once, let his throbbing head fall into his mother's lap and have
+her hands smooth the ache out of it. But of course he could do nothing
+of the sort.
+
+The more he thought of it the more impossible it appeared. Why, for
+four years--he half arose from the rug and his face became hot at the
+thought of it--for four years he had been doing things that she would
+not believe him capable of; not if he told her himself. No, he was not
+going to sneak into the home-fold like a cowardly prodigal, bleating,
+"I have been a bad little boy, papa. Take me back, and I'll promise
+not to be bad any more." He was not that kind. He deserved his husks,
+and he meant to chew them, even though they stuck in his throat. To
+keep away, he showed himself, was one means left him to regain a
+little of the self-respect that he had lost.
+
+Then he arose with something of his former indifference and laughed at
+himself a little. "You've felt sorry for yourself long enough," he
+said aloud; "what you've got to do now is to make the best of it." He
+started toward the desk to take the first steps toward making the
+best of it. He stopped in the middle of the room and looked about at
+the pictures and the pipes and the books. "I'm done with college," he
+said, briskly. "Now I feel better."
+
+He lighted a pipe to show himself how much better he felt, and began
+to word a telegram to Clark. That would finish a good day's work, he
+thought. A very long day it seemed, too. Some things were hazy and
+dream-like. That walk with the freshman-- But he did not want to think
+about that, and he wrote down "W. G. Clark, care West, Houston & Co."
+
+Yet, though he tried not to listen, there began coming up to him the
+tones of the gentle voice dragging in profanity with such pathetic
+pains. "But I don't want to think about that!" Lawrence exclaimed. But
+all the while he wrote the message he heard the timid voice with the
+incongruous words.
+
+"I wish you wouldn't do that," he said aloud. "It bothers me. Why do
+you want to do that?" He dipped his pen in the ink and held it there.
+Why did he? Then it came over him with a blush of shame that it was
+doubtless to find favor in his sight. Most people would have guessed
+it before.
+
+And then something flashed through his mind, something that he had
+heard early in the term. A freshman named Jansen, whom he had looked
+out for when he first arrived, had told him of a freshman that was
+always talking and asking questions about him. Lawrence had entirely
+forgotten this, and the recollection of it made him start up from his
+seat. This accounted for the freshman's haunting him on the campus,
+gazing at him, imitating his style of dress even.
+
+It was quite ridiculous. He tried to sneer it out of his mind. But he
+could not. He was finding that there were some things that could not
+be sneered away. But that was not all.
+
+A big question met him like a huge, choking wave--"What will this
+boy's future be?" And Lawrence pleaded, "Oh, let me alone! Never mind
+all that."
+
+The wave drew back and another came drenching over him--"Will he do as
+you have done?"
+
+"Don't, please don't!" cried Lawrence. There came up before him in his
+sick mind lurid, revolting scenes, and in them a fair-faced boy with a
+sensitive mouth learning to like it all. Then came a third wave--"Who
+will be responsible? What are you going to do about it?" This was a
+little too much for Lawrence. He felt powerless to think it out just
+now. He would need time for this. Unconsciously he stepped back to
+the rug. He lay there, very quiet, almost motionless, until far into
+the night.
+
+Then he arose, a very different boy from Lawrence the President,
+greatly feared of under-classmen, and felt his way through the dark to
+the bedroom. Here he locked the door and prayed to God, as he had been
+brought up to do.
+
+The next morning one of the clerks, harrying by the ticker where
+Colonel Lawrence seemed to be bending over the tape, suddenly
+exclaimed, "Why, what is it, sir? Nothing serious, I hope?"
+
+Old Colonel Lawrence, drawing himself up and gazing straight ahead of
+him as he crumpled a telegram in his hand, made answer, "No. My son is
+coming home to spend Sunday with me. That is all."
+
+The clerk did not know that they were tears of joy.
+
+
+
+
+FIXING THAT FRESHMAN
+
+
+I
+
+Lawrence, Ninety Blank, wearily knocked four under-classmen off the
+walk on the way from the railway station to West College. Then,
+feeling better, he dragged himself up the entry stairs, threw his
+suit-case at the bedroom portière with a sigh of relief and himself on
+the divan with a sense of having done his duty.
+
+The Glee, Banjo, and Mandolin Clubs had just returned from their
+Christmas holiday tour through the South. The trip had been a success
+both in the money and the fine impression the clubs had made, which
+latter would advertise the college. And that is the object of this
+enterprise and is too valuable for the trustees to abolish.
+
+They had travelled in a special train of private cars lent by the
+parents of some of the members. They had had a very good time, because
+a Glee club trip is always bound to have that, and because Southern
+people know how to help young men in this respect about as well as
+any people in the world. Lawrence was glad it was over.
+
+He had not intended to go on the trip this year. He had been on the
+club since he was a freshman. He knew all there was to know about it,
+and there could be little novelty in this sort of thing for him. But
+that was not the reason.
+
+Of course it was not. Harry Lawrence enjoyed travelling about the
+country with a rollicking lot of congenial fellows, and being made
+much of by old grads., and admired before the glare of foot-lights by
+millions of attractive girls, and dancing with them afterwards until
+three o'clock in the morning, like any other normal, healthy young
+man. It was not because he was _blasé_. He wasn't that sort of fool.
+
+In the first place Lawrence had suddenly gone home, early in December,
+with something pronounced by a little, short doctor with mild blue
+eyes which saw everything to be a form of neurasthenia. This was
+brought on by overwork and worry and other causes. He had held a
+position of considerable responsibility during the football season. He
+had worried over it a good deal.
+
+Although, when he reached home, he braced up with astonishing
+rapidity, he conceived a notion that instead of flying over the United
+States at the rate of ever so many miles an hour, he would like very
+well to sit still and yawn by the fireplace at home with slippers on.
+
+His mother opened up the old place on Long Island for a part of every
+winter, and he thought he could put in a very comfortable
+old-fashioned vacation out there with her. He had an idea that it
+would do him good to take some long tramps over the meadows with a gun
+and a dog, and to spend whole afternoons on a horse with pure country
+air whistling in his ears. Perhaps, if he felt right cocky, he might
+borrow some pinks of his brother-in-law and ride to the hounds with
+his Ass-cousins on New Year's Day. And the evenings would pass
+pleasantly enough in fighting with Helen, his married sister, across
+the table, and in guying his kid brother Dick, the prep.; and then he
+meant to have many long after-dinner smoke-talks with his father, with
+whom he had recently become acquainted. It was on this last account,
+as much as any, that he wanted to stay at home.
+
+But one of the second basses had the grip and another a dead
+grandmother, and that side of the stage was weak anyway. So Doc.
+Devereaux, the leader of the club, followed his two letters and three
+telegrams out to Compton on the Sound, and grabbed Lawrence by the
+coat-collar. He had brought with him a reprieve from the little
+blue-eyed doctor, stating that Lawrence could go if he would promise
+to keep on with the hot and cold baths, and to eat tremendously.
+Devereaux begged and pleaded, and put it on grounds of personal
+friendship. When he shed tears, almost, and said, "For the honor of
+old Nassau won't you, Harry?" Lawrence looked bored and said he would
+think about it. But only upon condition that Doc would stay for dinner
+and spend the night at Compton, which he did.
+
+When Colonel Lawrence came out from town and had comfortably finished
+his dinner, and in his stately fashion had taken out a long black
+cigar, Harry, who had been waiting, said, "Now then, father," and told
+him why Devereaux was there, and asked him what to do about it.
+
+Lawrence, Fifty Blank, knocked the ashes off, looked at Lawrence,
+Ninety Blank, and took three puffs of smoke. "Well, Harry," he said,
+"if the college needs you, there is but one way of looking at it."
+Lawrence, the younger, said "Yes, sir," and packed his suit-case.
+
+Having decided to do his duty, he made up his mind that while he was
+about it he would enter into the spirit of the thing and have a good
+time. Of course this was not as satisfactory to himself as wearing a
+long face and telling himself what a martyr he was, but it was
+pleasanter for his friends.
+
+These trips are not only good fun, they are part of one's education.
+They are very broadening. Lawrence wanted to be broad-minded. The only
+times he had travelled in his own country were with the Glee Club, and
+he thought every young man ought to know something of his fatherland.
+
+He held that most New Yorkers were narrow-minded in this respect, and
+he did not intend to be. New York ways of doing things were good
+enough for him, because they were the best, but he wanted to see how
+other Americans looked at things; and this showed a generous spirit.
+
+On a previous trip he had visited a portion of the Western section of
+his country, and had brought back several new ideas. For instance, he
+was pleasantly surprised to meet girls with the same innate ideas that
+he had supposed were the exclusive possession of his friends at home.
+That was broadening. Also he had it impressed upon him that young
+women living in little towns he had never heard of before had
+characteristics, not necessarily innate, which were calculated to make
+very young men realize that even members of college dance committees
+have a thing or two to learn. Which was still more broadening.
+
+And now he was in Virginia, surrounded by much dazzling full-pulsed
+Southern loveliness. He was meeting people that had been brought up to
+consider themselves the aristocracy of the American side of the world,
+and they had been cherishing this idea for generations before New York
+was more than a trading-post of miserly, Indian-cheating Dutchmen.
+They had never heard of the Lawrences of New York and were rather
+sorry for anyone that had to live there. And this was broadening. This
+was not to be about the Glee Club trip, nor about what Lawrence would
+have done if he had not gone, but what happened afterward, and if you
+read this story you may skip to here: Lawrence lay on the divan.
+
+He put his hands back of his head and tried to tell himself how sick
+he was of teas and club receptions and convivial old grads. and
+applause and dances and chicken-salad and girls. Cinders were in his
+hair. What he wanted most in all the world was, first, someone to
+carry him to a Turkish bath, second, someone to dress him in his
+campus clothes, and third, Billy Nolan to put an arm around and call
+names.
+
+But this reactional feeling he knew was inevitable, and he took it, as
+he did his sensation of dirtiness and indigestion, as part of the
+game. There was something else to make him fidget and frown on the
+divan.
+
+Lawrence had come back to the slushy old sunshiny campus a very
+different fellow from the one that used to climb the stone steps from
+the station, but he had had a month in which to become accustomed to
+it. Besides, that was nothing to be sour about. He was very well
+pleased with being a different sort of a fellow, and had made up his
+mind to remain so. In fact, all during the trip he had been thinking
+that he could put in a peaceful, comfortable time now for the rest of
+his life, if it were not for one thing.
+
+And as he started across the campus with a roll of corduroys under his
+arm, and the intention of taking a bath at the club, the very first
+thing he saw was that One Thing.
+
+There was a "Hunt's Discourse" under his arm, and he was running to
+reach his seat before the bell stopped ringing, like any other
+freshman. But he was different from every other freshman in the world,
+to Lawrence.
+
+This boy, like some of every freshman class that ever cheered itself
+hoarse, was beginning to do things his father had not sent him to
+college for. And the senior had an idea that his own example was what
+had started the boy; and this, when you stop to think of it, was
+extremely conceited in him. He thought he could make the freshman
+stop, and this, when you stop to think of it, was a hasty conclusion.
+
+He thought about it during the time occupied in splashing and
+spluttering at the club, and most of the time that he was shivering
+and whistling and putting on his ugliest sweater and oldest corduroys
+and most disreputable slouch hat, and his brown shooting-coat with
+quail blood on it. He even thought of it several times while his hands
+were deep down in his pockets and his shoulders were slouched forward
+and a pipe was in his mouth and an arm was around Jim Linton and they
+were floating about the campus calling hello to everybody that was
+back.
+
+The first thing undertaken by Lawrence, the entirely different, was
+the purchasing of some fine large text-books. For his foremost duty
+was of course toward himself.
+
+He had never bought any books since freshman year, but he knew where
+they were to be found, and a poler named Stacy gave him a list of the
+ones he required.
+
+They were all nice new copies, with the book-store smell about them.
+He did not like second-handed ones, and then, too, he was going to
+pole very hard and he might wear them out. Besides, his book bill had
+never been large--except in his letters--and he thought he could
+afford the extravagance in his senior year.
+
+He took great pleasure in writing his full name on the fly-leaf with a
+blotty pen, Henry Laurence Lawrence, Jr., in a flourishless hand like
+his father's. They made quite an imposing pile on the table, and he
+felt proud of it. He showed them to the fellows that dropped in that
+evening to say, "Glad to see you back," and ask him what he thought of
+Southern girls. This took until 2 A.M. So he could not attend to that
+other matter until the next day.
+
+He set the alarm-clock before going to bed and said, "Now, then,
+to-morrow I fix my freshman."
+
+He jumped out with only six hours' sleep, though he had just finished
+a long journey and his nerves required more rest, all to make chapel
+and see his freshman. He saw him.
+
+Although he said only, "How do you do?" in a serious tone, he knew
+that he was doing his duty, and felt so pleased with himself that he
+went to town that afternoon and took a Turkish bath at his place in
+Twenty-eighth Street--this was the only way to get the cinders
+out--and stole some clean linen from his brother-in-law's top bureau
+drawer, and dined with the family at home. Then, because he had not
+been with them during Christmas, and because he was to be a poler for
+the rest of his college course and would have few such chances, he
+stayed over Sunday and was given a pensum for too many unexcused
+absences when he came back.
+
+On Monday, however, he saw his freshman again. It was on Nassau
+Street. This time Lawrence said, "Hello there!" He saw him once more
+on Tuesday, coming out of Whig Hall, and said, "How are you, Darnell?"
+and smiled a little. He saluted the freshman in various ways every day
+but one for a week.
+
+This delighted the freshman very much, but somehow had no effect upon
+his morals. Lawrence felt like a man wasting breath, and he did not
+believe in wasting breath on under-classmen. This young Darnell was
+decidedly unappreciative. Besides it was unwarrantably fresh in him
+to give all this trouble to a senior, and Lawrence made up his mind to
+some day tell him so.
+
+If it had been a good hard jumping-on that were needed, Lawrence
+thought he could have managed, but this thing required tact and
+delicacy, which he hadn't. Some fellows, like Jim Linton, would not
+have minded a queer, unconventional situation of this sort. Lawrence
+was not that kind. He knew as little about telling a fellow that he
+was on the verge of making a fool of himself as he did about informing
+people that they had souls, or that they should study hard. It made
+him blush to think of it.
+
+Besides, what force would this sort of thing have coming from
+Lawrence, Ninety Blank? That was the disadvantage of having a
+reputation like his. Nor could he very well halt the freshman on the
+campus and say, "See here. Stop this. I am a good boy now. You also
+must be a good boy." Ugh!
+
+The mid-year examinations would be on in a week or two, or three, and
+for the present he was simply obliged to leave off reforming the
+freshman--especially as he had decided that it would look nice this
+time for his report to go home without any conditions on it. It was
+his duty to pole.
+
+Study, after all, is what one comes to college for. It would doubtless
+have displeased his parents if they knew that he was wasting valuable
+opportunities, which come but once, over a little freshman who was no
+relative of the Lawrences.
+
+He poled very hard and was conditioned in nothing. So hard did he
+work, indeed, that when the long, nervous strain was over there was
+very little stuff left in him. At the senior dance, which came on the
+evening after the last examination, he ran three girls' cards, and
+tried to make each think that she was the only reason he had come.
+This has been tried before. The next day he felt a slight touch of the
+old trouble.
+
+He became alarmed about himself, felt his pulse, and decided that he
+needed a rest. He spent three days and ten of his new term cuts at
+Lakewood. The One of the three girls was there spending Lent.
+
+When he came back to the campus he bumped against that freshman by the
+lamp-post in front of South Reunion. He was walking with a sportive
+young class-mate named Thompson, who was a typical little fool, and
+Darnell said "Hello, Lawrence!" in a tone which just missed being
+fresh, and seemed to mean "See, I'm not such a poler as you thought."
+For five minutes Lawrence forgot there was a place called Lakewood,
+where tall pines murmur.
+
+That evening he heard things about his freshman that he did not want
+to hear. They were not very bad, but quite enough so to make Lawrence
+look up his address in the catalogue. He didn't know how to talk to
+freshmen. They nearly all looked alike. But he rang the door-bell.
+
+It was Saturday evening and Darnell was not in. Lawrence frowned and
+held that freshmen had no business leaving their studies at night. He
+shook his head and went back to Jim Linton's room. The freshman had
+not returned when he called again at eleven.
+
+Lawrence now thought that he had a right to be indignant. He had left
+a comfortable room, a game of whist, and three class-mates, who gave
+him many abusive epithets for it, all to talk to this freshman. And
+see how he was treated! Besides, it wasn't as if Lawrence wanted
+anything of him. What pleasure was it to him to talk to a little ass
+freshman? But he was doing his duty anyway.
+
+It did not discourage him. He was not that sort of a fellow. He only
+shook his head and arose early the next morning, which was Sunday. He
+hurried through breakfast without stopping to read the papers, and
+marched straight to the freshman's room on the way to morning service.
+
+Darnell was in bed with a throbbing brow and a slight attack of
+remorse. Lawrence sat down on a trunk which would have held the
+freshman's clothes if he had taken them off, and cut a good sermon by
+the dean in order to give himself the chance of preaching one himself.
+
+"Of course it is not strictly any of my business, but I think you are
+making a big mistake.
+
+"You must know that it is no great pleasure for me to go out of my way
+to call a man a fool. But you see I have been through all this myself
+and I know very nearly all there is to know about it. I have been a
+great fool in college, and if I can do anything that will prevent
+another from making the mistakes I made, I ought to go ahead and risk
+hurting his feelings. Oughtn't I? There's nothing hypocritical in
+that. Is there?
+
+"This thing of wild oats, Darnell, is all wrong, all nonsense, all
+Tommy-rot. You know that as well as I do. Of course many people say--
+But those that say such things are either brutes with no finer
+sensibilities, or else they are liars, or else they never had any wild
+oats. They don't know what they're talking about.
+
+"Now, of course, I'm only a very young man, after all. Older men, many
+of them, would laugh and call me a young prig, I suppose. But I know
+what I'm talking about as regards myself, Darnell. I know the things I
+have to think about and cannot forget. I know the things that come up
+and stare me in the face and make me ache. I know-- But never mind all
+that.
+
+"This is what I want to ask of you: Tell me--you've had your little
+taste of it now, the glamour is rubbed off, you find there is not
+quite so much in it as you thought--tell me honestly, my boy, do you
+believe it pays? Don't you think that one morning like this, with a
+head such as you have now, and the thoughts inside of it, with a sight
+of those photographs over there on the bureau, is enough to
+counterbalance all the fun there is in a month of last nights?"
+
+To this long speech the freshman made no reply, because Lawrence did
+not say a word of it aloud. In fact most of those grand-stand remarks
+were not thought out until late that night in bed, while rolling over
+trying to get to sleep. He would not have voiced them to the freshman
+anyway. Of course not.
+
+It certainly was "not strictly his business" to walk into the room of
+a nodding acquaintance and call him a fool in long sentences. Lawrence
+knew that. And it would have been even worse taste to open up his own
+bosom and drag out his own private worries and dangle them before the
+eyes of another. It is only in certain short stories that such
+absurdities are performed by reserved young men. Lawrence was not that
+kind of a fool.
+
+The Sunday morning conversation ran something like this, while
+Lawrence tied and untied the freshman's four-in-hand neck-tie about
+the foot-post of the bed:
+
+"The Fifty-seventh Street Harrisons? Yes, very well. Were they down
+there?... Is that so?--to Clint Van Brunt? But I don't like her so
+well as her sister. Grace is a smooth dancer though.... At Sherry's
+last winter...." And similar nonsense until the conversation swung
+round to the prospects of the baseball team, which had recently begun
+practice in the cage. Then they both woke up and said something.
+
+And throughout it all the freshman was wondering why the mighty senior
+honored him with a visit, and longing for a drink of very cold water.
+
+Lawrence told himself that this call was merely to break the ice. You
+couldn't expect him to talk about such serious things when they were
+hardly acquainted. Could you?
+
+He went again within a few days. He thought he ought to strike while
+the iron was hot. It was in the evening this time, and the freshman
+was brighter and better looking. Lawrence liked him more than ever,
+only he wished that he would not be quite so deferential toward him.
+Also he greatly wished that he would not consider it necessary to tack
+those superfluous words to his remarks. It bothered him. They seemed
+to come out of the refined mouth side wise. Sometimes they stuck, as
+it were, and hung there while Lawrence shivered. And the more obvious
+Lawrence made it that he did not consider such emphasis essential to
+his own observations, the more frequently did Darnell drag it in. This
+was to show the senior that he need not refrain on his account.
+
+This time Lawrence remained until midnight. They did not once mention
+the people they both knew in town. They talked about tramping in the
+Harz Mountains.
+
+It was evident on his third visit that the freshman considered
+Lawrence's frequent coming due to approval of his development. He
+stuck it on worse than ever. Lawrence was discouraged and looked it.
+
+The freshman, wondering why his senior friend was so silent, suddenly
+lifted his big brown eyes. Lawrence was gazing mournfully at him.
+Naturally this made him feel queer. He became rattled and blushed.
+Lawrence became rattled and nearly did; and then arose, left abruptly,
+and kicked himself all the way up Nassau Street, and all along the
+stone walk past the dean's house, by Old North, in front of Reunion,
+and into West, where he sneaked up to bed. He did not call again for a
+month.
+
+Meanwhile the freshman was doubtless running as fast as his legs could
+carry him, with Thompson and others of that ilk, to the devil. And H.
+L. Lawrence, Ninety Blank, who by wicked example had started him
+going, was doing nothing to stop him. Which was the very best thing he
+could have done.
+
+For this is a sort of a disease, and if it's there it's bound to
+manifest itself, like other things that break out at about this age.
+Any fatherly, well-meaning interference, such as a fellow like
+Lawrence might offer, would have had directly the opposite of the
+desired effect. If you do not believe this, it clearly indicates that
+you do not understand it.
+
+Lawrence did not. He, poor devil, skulked off and tried to forget
+about the freshman, like a rejected lover, and, again like one, he
+could not, even though he went across the street to avoid meeting
+those big eyes.
+
+Once more he took a long breath and sneaked off to the freshman's room
+with a brave lot of kind, smiling advice which he practised saying on
+the way over. In a moment he came running back to the campus, shouting
+for joy. The freshman was not at home.
+
+He yelled "Yea" with all his might and danced three times about the
+cannon, all alone, like a man back on the campus in midsummer. Then
+because it was Princeton someone else yelled "Yea-a!" from over by
+Clio Hall. Then Jack Stehman raised his window and yelled "Cork up!"
+because he felt like it. Someone in East yeaed back in a shrill voice.
+Tommy Tucker stepped out upon his balcony in Reunion and echoed it
+mightily. Someone blew a horn, a big Thanksgiving game horn. Others
+took it up. Windows were thrown open all over the campus. Many voices
+sounded the ancient cry of "Fresh fire! Heads out!" Shotguns banged.
+Fire-crackers exploded. Bugles sounded. Distant Dod took up the echo.
+Witherspoon Hall was already doing its part.
+
+Within two minutes Lawrence was joined by a score of fellows who
+danced with him about the cannon, yelled "Fresh fier-r-r! Heads out!"
+until they had brought everyone out they could, then called "Leg pull.
+All over!" and ran back to their rooms again, feeling that they had
+done their duty. Windows slammed shut again. A voice from down in
+Edwards Hall answered "All over!" Every one went on where he left off.
+All felt refreshed and strengthened for their duties, and Lawrence
+leaned alone against the cannon. But he too felt better.
+
+He decided that this was a species of Providential interposition, a
+sort of vision as it were, the interpretation of which was that any
+man who would allow a little fool freshman to destroy the happiness of
+the culminating year of the best period of life in the dearest spot on
+earth would be an unmitigated ass.
+
+He now fell to distracting his mind with work and other things, and
+realized the beauty of existence, as all undergraduates should.
+Besides the beauty of existence there were others that he was in the
+habit of dwelling upon during sunset rambles through the woods down
+toward the canal; pretty little foolish thoughts which young men who
+are still students and have yet to choose an occupation have no
+business in thinking. But the way her hair swept back from that brow
+of hers on either side of the chaste part and then swirled-- But that
+will do. Lawrence and his affairs already occupy too much space.
+
+And as suddenly as they were interrupted in that paragraph were his
+walking-time thoughts cut short whenever that confounded freshman
+loomed up with an arm about the Thompson boy, followed by a brindle
+bull-dog and a trail of cigarette-smoke.
+
+
+II
+
+Gussie Thompson was an angel-faced child with pretty ringlety hair,
+and he had come to college from a strict boarding-school with the
+intention of making a bad man of himself. And when a boy wants badly
+to go to the devil there is no reason why he should find it very
+difficult. In this thought I find I have been anticipated by Virgil.
+
+But though the descent is easy it does not follow that it is always
+graceful. Thompson, who was conscientiously trying to do it properly,
+had his discouragements and sour balls just as often as the poler who
+sat in the next seat and wore trousers that were too short.
+
+People persistently considered Gussie disgustingly good, when in
+reality he was very bad and smoked big black cigars with red and gilt
+bands about them. And indeed it is discouraging to walk down to the
+football practice with the gang, breathing cigarette-smoke at every
+fifth step, and then have some class-mate you have nothing to do with
+ask you, before all the fellows, to lead class prayer-meeting the
+next Sunday. But all that was over long ago.
+
+He now wore the dark bad expression without any conscious effort. No
+one asked him where the Greek lesson was any more. He seldom had to
+blow his breath in fellows' faces. And at the club he was no longer
+obliged to blink and say, "How do I look this morning?" they asked of
+their own accord, "Full last night, Gus?" just as some people say
+"Good-morning."
+
+One evening, at about the beginning of the season known to some as
+"bock beer time," he was in his room surrounded with a few of his own
+sort, and a knock came at the door. But it was not a very loud one, so
+he did not take the trouble to answer until there came a second knock,
+an emphatic one. Then he emptied a lungful of cigarette-smoke and
+shouted, "Come in and shut your damn racket." He looked up.
+
+Lawrence was framed in the door-way, Lawrence the senior, with his
+'varsity sweater and his impressive air.
+
+On the campus Lawrence generally nodded to Thompson, when he
+remembered him. Once, not long ago, he had walked up the rear stairs
+of Dickinson with him and said, "What do you fellows have at this
+hour?" and Gussie wondered when the clubs held their first elections.
+
+With his words of apology and welcome Thompson felt a wave of
+satisfaction at having a gang about the table with cards and beer-mugs
+on it. He was glad he had strung the champagne-corks over the
+mantel-piece.
+
+All of the gang had arisen, and yet this was a Princeton room. If the
+senior observed the unusual mark he showed little gratitude, for
+without seeming to be aware of their presence he said, in his gruff
+voice, "When will you be at leisure, Thompson?" and looked at his
+watch.
+
+He was the sort of senior that could do these things, and it had the
+desired effect. They all remembered that they had engagements and
+picked up their caps and said, "So long, old man," and got out. This
+was not done constrainedly but as a perfectly natural thing. And
+Gussie beamed.
+
+The door slammed and the freshman said, "Have a drink, Lawrence."
+
+The senior said, "No, I thank you," and then contradicted himself,
+"Yes, I will take a little of that." He did not approve of little boys
+having whiskey in their rooms and big cut-glass decanters on their
+bookcases, but he remembered something. "That's good whiskey,
+Thompson." Lawrence sipped and whiffed and held his glass to the
+light, "excellent whiskey." He gravely smacked his lips. "It reminds
+me of some Bourbon they once gave us down in Kentucky, on the Glee
+Club trip--in Louisville, I think it was. They called it Pendennis
+Club."
+
+Thompson pushed a cigarette-case across the table. "That's Pendennis
+Club," he replied, simply. "A friend of mine down there sends it to
+me. I find you can't get good liquor in our part of the country. It's
+all rot-gut." He twisted his pretty brows into a scowl and emptied his
+small lungs of smoke aimed at the ceiling.
+
+"I see," said Lawrence, looking interested.
+
+"You know what they say about Kentucky," the freshman proceeded, "for
+good whiskey, fast horses, and pretty women."
+
+"Yes," said Lawrence.
+
+The freshman refilled his guest's glass with Pendennis Club and his
+own lungs with cigarette-smoke, which he allowed to seek the free air
+of the room slowly, with his head tipped back and a mouth twisted
+scornfully as he had once seen another devil of a fellow do it, who
+said, "I don't give a damn for the girl." All of which was lost on
+Lawrence, who was rubbing his chin and looking in the other direction
+and wishing he had not come.
+
+"By the way, Thompson, speaking of horses, how did you come out
+playing the races last fall? I often saw you on the train going up--"
+this was a lie--"when I was slaving over football. Luck stay by you?"
+
+Then the freshman leaned back and said things about Futurity Stakes
+and plunging at Morris Park and a lucky sixteen-to-one shot,
+intermingled with a brave lot of profanity and considerable cigarette
+smoke. Lawrence wore the look of a man listening, and thought up what
+to say next.
+
+"By the way, Thompson," only it was not by the way to anything but his
+own thoughts, "where's your friend Darnell? I didn't see him with the
+others in here."
+
+"No," said the devil of a fellow, "he won't own up to it, but he's a
+good bit of a poler at heart, Lawrence."
+
+"I did not think it of him," said Lawrence, sincerely. "He's a blame
+nice fellow though, isn't he?"
+
+"Right. He's the best friend I have. He's pretty young and has a lot
+of things to learn, but he's a mighty nice man. Awfully clever chap,
+too. Wish I had his brains. I believe he comes from very nice people
+in New York, doesn't he?"
+
+"Yes. Thompson, you are dead right in saying he's too young."
+
+A beam of pleasure shot across his young host's face, which was seen
+by Lawrence, who now felt all right, and began to talk.
+
+"He's entirely too young, Thompson, and the deuce of it is that he
+doesn't realize how very young he is. A fellow like that never does.
+You know what I mean. And as far as I can see--I think you had the
+same thing in mind a moment ago--he is about to make a fool of himself
+unless he is very careful. He's entirely too nice a fellow, Thompson,
+for anything like that to happen." Lawrence leaned back and put his
+feet on the table.
+
+"You see," he continued, "Darnell tries to do things that you fellows
+do, who are more mature, and he doesn't seem to realize that he is
+only a boy. Now with you and me it is different. We are older and know
+things and have been around a bit and-- You know what I mean. We can
+do a lot of things and have a good time and be none the worse for it,
+but as for Darnell, why, he's a kid, Thompson, a mere kid."
+
+Thompson breathed cigarettes and looked judicial.
+
+Lawrence moved his chair around so that he could lean an elbow on the
+table. He looked at the fire through the glass of liquid in his hand.
+"Thompson, I'm in a hole. A bad hole, too. I'm going to tell you
+about it and maybe ask your advice. I don't mind telling you because I
+know you can keep your mouth shut. I came here this evening for that
+very purpose.
+
+"You know I know Darnell's people and all that. Well, I know his
+sister quite well." That happened to be a lie. "And last commencement
+when she was down here she asked me to look after her brother when he
+entered in the fall." That happened to be true, though Lawrence had
+forgotten it. "She's a pretty good friend of mine, and whenever I see
+her"--he could not have distinguished her from the other little girls
+in the school up-town--"she always asks me about her brother. And,
+well, Thompson, a fellow hates to lie to a respectable woman, you
+know."
+
+"Only a cad will lie to a decent girl," said the other,
+sympathetically.
+
+"Certainly. Now, Thompson, I'll tell you what I think I'll do. I am
+going to very frankly ask you to help me out of this hole." Lawrence
+looked closely at the freshman. Then he went on, talking rapidly now
+with his eyebrows tucked down and the words coming between his teeth.
+Thompson had seen him do it before and had practised it in his room
+alone.
+
+"You can do it or not, just as you please, but you are the only one
+whom I'd care to ask to do it. You are the only one I'd trust with it.
+In fact, you are the only one that _could_ do it. Thompson, you know
+yourself that you have more influence over Darnell than any man in the
+class."
+
+"Oh, I don't know," the freshman feebly protested.
+
+"Well I do. He has as much as told me so. I am going to ask you very
+frankly to-- I don't know what your views are," the senior interrupted
+himself, "but I believe in having all the fun in the world I can for
+myself as long as I mind my own business. But I'd just as soon, when I
+have the chance--" Lawrence looked down at the whiskey which he was
+gently swishing around in his glass. He made his voice sound as if
+embarrassed. "Well, dammit, I'm no saint, but you know it says
+somewhere that saving one soul will wipe out a multitude of sins or
+something of that sort."
+
+"God knows we have enough of them," said the devil of a fellow, who
+now hurled the butt of his cigarette at the fire and arose from his
+seat. He threw back his head and spoke.
+
+"Lawrence, you needn't say any more. I can give you my answer now." He
+plunged his hands in his pockets and began striding up and down the
+room and scowled as he strode.
+
+"Lawrence, I am a peculiar man, and I think my own thoughts and lead
+my own life according to my own ideas. I keep this room here open to
+everyone who desires to enter. My whiskey and tobacco is anybody's who
+wants it. And as long as my guests mind their own business my room is
+theirs. But when certain members of my class, certain milksops and
+sanctimonious Gospel sharks come up here and tell me that I am doing
+wrong and tell me what it is my duty to do, I very frankly tell them
+to go to hell." He looked around the walls at the Saronys and a French
+print or two as if to call them to witness, then went on:
+
+"Lawrence, I perceived your drift from the start, and at first, I must
+confess, I was somewhat taken aback, Lawrence, by your approaching me
+on such a subject."
+
+The one listening with a bland look of attention on his face and his
+feet on the table considered this rather fresh, but said nothing.
+
+"But only for a moment," the freshman continued, "only for a moment, I
+assure you. You talked to me like a man to a man, a real man, not a
+Gospel shark or a poler, but a man who knows things and yet gives a
+fellow credit for some good impulses. I appreciate your situation
+exactly. I have been placed in similar ones myself. I know how it is.
+And I'm glad you came up here to-night. You rushed in where angels
+would not have dared, and I'm damn glad you did." He stopped walking
+the floor. "Now I'm not accustomed to this sort of thing, Lawrence, as
+you must know, and I won't promise much. But I give you my word, I'll
+do my best for Darnell."
+
+Lawrence took the hand Thompson dramatically held out to him. He
+restrained another impulse, an ungrateful one, and said, "Thompson, I
+always thought I understood you better than your own class-mates did."
+And Gussie blushed.
+
+The senior arose. "Gus,"--he called him Gus--"I appreciate to a nicety
+the delicacy of your position in this matter. Please don't let it
+inconvenience you in any way. I shall always be grateful to you for
+what you have undertaken this evening, and if I can ever be of service
+to you, please command me." Some of this was sincere. "I have an
+engagement now. Good-night. No, I thank you, no more to-night. Come up
+and see me some time, Gus. Good-night."
+
+"Good-night, Harry," said the other. "Wish you would drop up often."
+
+"I know that," thought Lawrence, as he closed the door, "only I
+wouldn't say 'Harry' very often if I were you."
+
+Left alone, Thompson took a gulp of whiskey straight without wincing
+very much, stretched out in a big chair and planned how to follow his
+friend Lawrence's suggestions, wrinkling his brows and looking no
+doubt very much like the man of the world that he read about as he did
+so.
+
+Meanwhile Lawrence was saying to himself, "Still, it's all in a good
+cause," and hurrying along the street with his coat-collar turned up,
+like a man ashamed of himself.
+
+"This time next year," he was thinking, "I'll be out of college and
+hustling in the big world which recent graduates are always telling me
+I know nothing about. I suppose I shall have to get used to
+boot-licking and getting pulls. That's business. But just at present I
+don't like the taste." So he hurried up the street for a
+counter-irritant, while the mood was on him.
+
+A few moments later he was saying, "The fact of the matter is,
+Darnell, I'm in a pretty bad hole, and I think I'll ask your advice."
+
+"_My_ advice?" said Darnell.
+
+"Yes, if you do not object to giving it."
+
+"I think you know what I mean," said the freshman, "don't you?"
+
+"Yes," said Lawrence, "I know what you mean." He also knew he was
+finding it a different matter talking to this freshman.
+
+"Well, I'll tell you about it anyway," he went on. "Last year, when
+your friend Gus Thompson's sister was down here for the sophomore
+reception--what?" The freshman's big eyes were making him nearly
+blush.
+
+"Why, Gus is an only child, you know. You must mean his cousin."
+
+"Did I say sister? I meant cousin. His cousin, of course--she's a
+smooth girl, his cousin. Well, his cousin got at me and asked me to
+look after him when he entered college and see that he poled and all
+that. Sort of queer thing, wasn't it? But I promised to do it, and you
+know you hate to lie to a--well, I hate to deceive her about it."
+
+Then Lawrence went on to point out that while he, Darnell, had plenty
+of fun in life, he kept up in first division at the same time, which
+was the way to do, whereas that boy Thompson, who seemed rather
+immature, had two conditions and was in a good way to being dropped;
+and he, Darnell, had considerable influence over Thompson--oh, yes,
+he had: Gus had only that evening referred to Darnell as his best
+friend, and so on. But Lawrence forgot to say damn this time.
+
+When he finished, the freshman turned toward the senior two
+fine-looking eyes filled with surprise and some other things which
+caused Lawrence to feel like a hypocrite, which he was.
+
+"Why," replied Darnell, "of course, Lawrence. To be sure I don't know
+how well I can succeed, but I'll be very glad to try it. And,
+Lawrence, I think I ought to tell you that I appreciate your trusting
+me in a thing of this nature, only----"
+
+"Oh, that's all right," said Lawrence, arising.
+
+"Only, Lawrence," continued the freshman, who seemed to have something
+to say, "why didn't you tell me this was what you wanted long ago? I
+would have been willing, I think, without your cultivating my
+acquaintance so long."
+
+"See here," said Lawrence, with his hand on the door-knob, "to be
+right honest, I never dreamed of asking you to do anything of the sort
+until this very day. If I cultivated you it was for yourself and
+because I like you. I never told anyone _that_ before. Good-night."
+
+On his way across the campus Lawrence stopped and told an innocent
+old elm-tree this: "The man that first said '_Similia similibus
+curantur_' was very much of a fool. I feel more like a fellow cribbing
+in exams than I did before." Then he kicked the elm and shouted
+"Hello-o, Billy Nolan, are you up there?" and ran up the stairs to
+smoke a good-night pipe and talk about senior vacation. He felt better
+in the morning.
+
+It was one evening about a week after this that young Thompson came
+running up to Lawrence's room with a scowl on his face, and talked
+like an important man in a hurry.
+
+"Why, he's dead easy! I'll say, 'Aw, let's get out of here, this beer
+is rotten.' 'All right,' he'll say, 'let's wander over to the room.'
+Minute we get there he proposes that we pole the Greek or something.
+See his idea? He thinks he'll sour me on being quiet, but, ha, ha! I
+fool him every time--how? Why I just sit down and pole to beat the
+band until too late for him to join the gang. See? Oh, but he's easy!
+I have made up my mind to keep that boy from making a fool of himself,
+and when I make up my mind to a thing, I don't believe in crawling.
+Besides, poling won't hurt me any."
+
+"Oh, no, Thompson," said Lawrence sympathetically. "I don't see how it
+can hurt you."
+
+Darnell came in a little later and sat down in the very same chair and
+had this to say: "Lawrence, Gus Thompson is a queer fellow. You know
+he doesn't go with the crowd any more, and because _he_ is sour and
+doesn't care to have any good times, he tries to interfere with my
+enjoyment too. He's always proposing that we stay in the rooms--you
+know we room together now. I thought I could look after him better in
+that way-- Well, when he kicks on poling I start to join the gang, and
+then he says 'All right, let's pole.' He must be jealous about me. But
+that's the way I work him. He's so easy."
+
+"Yes," said Lawrence, "lots of people are."
+
+
+
+
+THE SCRUB QUARTER-BACK
+
+
+Tommy Wormsey was a meek little boy with an ugly face, mostly covered
+with court-plaster, and he would rather fall on a football than eat.
+
+When he came trotting out upon the field, the college along the side
+lines always smiled at the way he tipped his head to one side with his
+eyes on the ground, as though he was ashamed of himself and of his funny
+little bumpy body, stuck into a torn suit and stockings which weren't
+mates and had holes in them. When he skimmed over the ground and dived
+through the air and brought down a two-hundred-and-something-pound
+guard, with his knotty little arms barely reaching about the big
+thighs, it looked very absurd, and when he jumped up again, yelling
+"3--9--64" in his shrill earnest voice, and ran sniffling back to his
+place, with his sorrowful face seeming to say, "I know I oughtn't to
+have let him slide so far, but please don't scold me this time," the
+crowd laughed uproariously, which hurt his feelings.
+
+But he paid very little attention to anything except the scrub
+captain's orders and the admonitions of the coachers, to whom he said,
+"Yes, sir," and "I'll try it that way, sir." He was afraid of them,
+and looked down at his torn stockings when they spoke to him. Those of
+the crowd along the ropes who knew everything, as well as the other
+spectators who only knew a few things, said that Freshman Wormsey had
+more sand and football instinct than any man on the field. But they
+did not know what a coward he was at heart.
+
+More than once when a 'varsity guard had broken through and jumped on
+him, and the scrub halves had fallen on him from the other direction
+to keep him from being shoved back, and the other 'varsity guard and
+the centre, who were not light, had thrown themselves upon these, and
+one of the ends had swung round and jumped on the top of the pile on
+general principles, Wormsey, at the bottom, said "ouch!" under his
+breath, if he had any. He weighed 137 pounds stripped.
+
+At night, after the trick practice with checkers at the Athletic Club,
+he always hurried back to his room, and stacked the pillows and sofa
+cushions up in the corner of the room, with the black one in the
+centre, and taking his place on one knee in the opposite corner,
+socked the ball into the pile. Every time he missed the black one in
+the centre he called himself names.
+
+Sometimes when he did this he became excited, and sprang forward and
+knocked down chairs and tables and things. But he paid no attention to
+that. He only bit his nails and fell to passing again, and kept it up
+sometimes until eleven o'clock, which was a whole hour later than he
+had any business to be out of bed.
+
+But there were days when it became tiresome, this constant pound,
+pound, pound, fall down, get up and pound again, and once in a while
+there came dark times when he felt that it all didn't pay, which was
+very unpatriotic thinking; and the next day, when the crowd yelled,
+"Well tackled, Wormsey!" he wondered how he could have been such a
+mucker as to think it. But it was rather hard work for a
+seventeen-year-old boy whose bones weren't knit to play two
+thirty-minute halves every day as hard as they were doing now, and
+then practise place kicks and catching punts afterward, besides
+keeping hold of all the signals and systems and stuff that were
+drummed into his little head every evening, along with the rest of the
+second eleven, in the room across the hall from the one where the
+'varsity were learning their systems and signals and tricks.
+
+It's all well enough for them. They have their 'varsity sweaters with
+the big P on them, and have their pictures printed in the papers, and
+are pointed out and praised and petted and fondled and fussed over
+like blue-ribboned hunters at the horse show; but for the poor,
+faithful, unappreciated scrub it's a different story. There's none of
+the glory, and all work and grind and strain at the top notch of
+capacity. And nothing at the end of it but thanks and the
+consciousness of doing one's duty by the college. So about this time,
+when they were approaching that critical stage in training which is
+like getting one's second wind in a cross-country run, he used to have
+some terrible times with himself. If anyone knew what muckerishly
+cowardly thoughts he had, he was afraid they'd fire him from college.
+
+He was ashamed of himself, but he couldn't help it. He was getting
+sick of training, sick of getting up at seven o'clock in the morning
+and hurrying down to breakfast while the alarm clocks were going off
+in East and West colleges, and the frost was still on the grass. Every
+day, as soon as the morning recitations were over, no matter what kind
+of weather, he must jump into the 'bus at the corner of Dickinson
+Hall, drive down to the grounds, undress and dress again, and hobble
+out upon the field, and get his poor little body bumped and pounded
+and kicked and trampled on, and the rest of his personality yelled at
+by the captain, and scolded by the coachers, who stand alongside in
+nicely creased trousers, with canes in their hands, and call out,
+"Line up more quickly, scrub," which is hard to do when one's lungs
+are breathless, especially when one is a quarter-back, and needs a
+certain amount of wind to scream out the signals in a loud enough tone
+to keep from being sworn at. And that's the way they make football
+stuff.
+
+To-day he let Hartshorn drag him five yards and missed one tackle
+outright, and he was discouraged. After the line-up, while they were
+practising him at catching punts, he seemed to have such bad luck
+holding the ball; and once, in trying for a wild one when he had run
+over by the cinder track, grunting and straining, and had put up his
+little arms, only to feel the ball bounce off his chest, he gnashed
+his teeth so loud and said "Oh, dear!" in such a plaintive whimper,
+like a child waking from a bad dream, that two pipe-smoking seniors,
+who were trooping out in the rear of the crowd, smiled audibly and
+said something about him. He could not hear what it was. He only
+heard them laugh, and it nearly broke his heart. But all that he could
+do was to call them things under his breath, and run sniffling back to
+his place again.
+
+The trouble with the boy was he had worked so hard and worried so much
+that he was over-trained, and so, naturally, there was not much ginger
+left in him. And the reason the keen-eyed trainer did not see this and
+lay him off for a few days was that Wormsey thought it his duty to
+make up in nerve what he lacked in ginger; and he was too bashful to
+tell anyone how difficult it was to make himself play hard, and how
+that he no longer felt springy when he jumped out of bed in the
+morning, and that he slept all the afternoon after practice, instead
+of studying, as all football men should.
+
+He went into the field-house the next day, unbuttoning his coat and
+hating football. He hated the ill-smelling dressing-room. He was sick
+of training, sick of rare beef and Bass's ale and bandages and
+rub-downs, and the captain's admonitions and the coacher's scoldings.
+He thought he would give anything not to be obliged to play that day.
+He was sore all over, and his ear would be torn open again, and he
+didn't like having the blood trickle down his neck; it felt so
+sticky.
+
+It was a hot, lazy, Indian-summer day; and his muscles felt exhausted.
+He felt as much like exerting them as one feels like studying in
+spring term directly after dinner, when the seniors are singing on the
+steps. As he came hobbling out of the field-house he laced his little
+jacket, and made up his mind that after the practice he would tell the
+captain that he could not spare the time from his studies to play
+football, patriotism or no patriotism. This was not necessary, because
+he was tumbled over in the opening play, and remained upon the ground
+even after the captain cried "Line up quickly," with his ugly little
+face doubled up in a knot.
+
+"There goes another back," said the scrub captain, pettishly, snapping
+his fingers. "Rice, you play quarter; and Richardson, you come play
+half in Rice's place."
+
+Another sub and William, the negro rubber, picked Wormsey up, the
+doctor following behind, and turning back to see the play, which had
+already begun again, for he wanted to see how the new system was
+working.
+
+As they approached the field-house he saw the two fellows who had
+laughed at him the day before standing apart down at the end of the
+field. One of them was tapping his pipe against the heel of his shoe,
+and saying, "I didn't know that that little devil could be hurt. He
+always--" But just then the 'varsity full-back made a long "twister"
+punt, and he interrupted himself with an exclamation about that. It
+sounded like a reproach to Wormsey, and he began to feel that he had
+somehow gotten hurt with malice aforethought. And this made him so
+ashamed that when they reached the field-house the trainer, sponging
+his face, said, encouragingly: "That's all right, me boy. Don't feel
+badly. You'll be out again in a couple of weeks. I've been meaning to
+lay you off for a while, anyway. I'll tell you for why; you're a
+little stale, Tommy, a little stale."
+
+Every day now Wormsey trudged down to the field on crutches--they had
+to be sawed off at the bottom first--and watched the practice from a
+pile of blankets on the side-lines. It was a fine thing, he told
+himself, to watch the others do all the work while he sat still with
+four 'varsity sweaters tied about his neck. This was a great snap; he
+was still on the scrub, was at the training table, and would have his
+picture taken, would go to the Thanksgiving game free, and yet did not
+have to get pounded and pummelled.
+
+He was made a good deal of now. The coachers patted him on the back
+and said "My boy" to him. He had a lot of sympathetic adulation from
+admiring classmates. Upper-classmen whom he had never seen before, but
+who somehow knew him, came up and said, "How's the leg, Tommy?" At
+which he hung his head and sniffled, and said, "Getting along pretty
+well, thank you," and then grinned, because he didn't know whether
+they were guying him or not.
+
+In a few days he could walk with a cane, and he put on his football
+clothes because they were more comfortable. He limped after the teams
+up and down the field, and squatted down to see how the 'varsity made
+their openings, and he learned how to tell, by the expression of his
+legs, on which side the quarter was going to pass the ball, which
+nobody else in the world could tell. Also, by carelessly daily
+sauntering into the cage during the preliminary practising, with a
+guileless smile on his face, he found out the 'varsity signals, which
+he had no business to find out.
+
+Sometimes he became very much excited during the scrimmages, and once,
+when Dandridge, the wriggly 'varsity half-back, kept on squirming and
+gaining after he had been twice downed, Wormsey screamed, as he hopped
+up and down on one foot, "Oh, grab--grab him! _Please_ grab him! Oh!
+oh!" so loud that all the field heard it and laughed at him. Then he
+realized what a fool he had made of himself and kicked himself with
+his good leg, and limped slowly up the field to study the next play.
+
+But conceited as it was, he really thought that he would have stopped
+that runner if he had been there. He imagined just how it would feel
+to have once more the thrill of a clean tackle, sailing through the
+air, and locking his arms tight, and squeezing hard, and both rolling
+over and over, while the crowd yelled in the distance. And he thought
+it would be fine to get out there again, and run his hands through his
+hair, and call out the signals, and plunge the ball home into the
+back's stomach, and then pitch forward, and push and strain and sweat
+and fall down and get up again. He had a firm healthy skin now, and
+had gone up to the tremendous weight of 138½, which was vulgar
+obesity.
+
+One windy sunny day when Wormsey was limping friskily up and down the
+field with his hair blowing about, Stump, the 'varsity quarter,
+instead of springing up to his place after one of the tandem plays, as
+he should have done, lay still on the ground, while the college held
+its breath.
+
+"It's Stump! it's Stump!" they whispered to one another with scared
+faces. Then they no longer held their breaths. They moaned, and
+stamped their heels into the frosty ground, and gazed out sadly toward
+the dear, frowzy head of the man who was being carried to the
+field-house.
+
+"It's only a wrench," said the doctor. "He'll be out in a few days."
+
+The captain's mouth grew a little more stern, but he only snapped his
+fingers, and said: "Bristol! No, he's laid off too. Wait a moment,
+doctor," he called out. "Is Wormsey well enough to play?"
+
+"Wormsey?" said Tommy to himself in little gasps. "Why, I'm Wormsey.
+What! play with the 'varsity!"
+
+And the doctor's voice came back through the wind, "No, I think not."
+
+"Oh, yes, I am!" yelled the shrill voice, which was heard all up and
+down both sides of the field, and reached to the Athletic Club; and
+throwing away his cane, and bending over to let some one pull off two
+sweaters, Wormsey ran sniffling out on the field.
+
+"See, Jack," he called to the trainer. "I don't limp a bit." But he
+kept his face turned to one side so that the trainer couldn't see it
+twitch.
+
+"Come here and I'll give you the signals, Wormsey," said the captain.
+
+"I know them already," said Wormsey, looking ashamed of himself; and
+he took his place on one knee behind the centre who had so often
+tumbled upon him.
+
+Then he jumped in and showed everybody what he had been learning
+during the past ten days. He was in perfect condition now, except for
+the ankle, which he forgot about. He was quite accurate in his quick
+method of passing, and he tackled ravenously. Fellows like Wormsey
+never get soft. "Just watch that boy follow the ball," exclaimed one
+of the coachers to another. "Too bad he's so light," said the other.
+
+Once when the scrub had the ball they gave the signal for a trick
+which they had been saving up as a surprise for the 'varsity. Tommy
+knew that signal. He dashed through the line between tackle and end,
+he caught the long pass on the fly, and having plenty of wind and a
+clear field, he made a touch-down unassisted, which made the crowd
+yell and applaud. Of course it was a great fluke, and Wormsey knew
+that, but all the same, while the crowd gave a cheer for Tommy
+Wormsey, and a three-times-three for "the little devil," he grinned
+for a moment, and puckered up his eyes. But it is not the crowd that
+chooses the team.
+
+That evening at dinner all the college was talking about the great
+tear the little freshman had made, and down at the Athletic Club
+Wormsey overheard one of the coachers say: "When Stump comes out
+again, it'll make him work to see the freshman putting up a game like
+that. But of course he can't keep it up. The pace is too fast."
+
+Wormsey bit his nails and had his own opinion about that. But whatever
+it might have been was never learned, because the next day he was
+taken off the field for the season. His bad ankle was sprained in the
+first half, which served him right for disobeying the doctor's order.
+But he should not have cared. Didn't he play one whole day on the
+'varsity?
+
+
+
+
+WHEN GIRLS COME TO PRINCETON
+
+
+If you would like to see a college campus as it really is, with
+students walking along with the gait and the manner and the clothes
+they usually wear, and to hear the old bell ring, the hall and
+dormitory stairs rattle, the entries echo and the feet scrape along
+the stone walks as on ordinary occasions, and see the quadrangle
+become crowded and noisy, then suddenly empty and quiet again, and if
+you wish to have a view of your brother's room in its average state of
+order and ornamentation, do not come to Princeton for one of the class
+dances, or on the day of a big game, when everyone is excited and well
+dressed, and even the old elms are in an abnormal flutter, but come
+down in a small party some quiet day in an ordinary week, when there
+are no extra cars on the small informal train which jolts up from the
+junction. Tell your brother that you are coming, or his roommate, who
+will gladly cut a lecture or two and show you about the campus. Then
+you may see the college world in its normal state, and the
+undergraduate in his characteristic settings--any number of him with a
+pipe in his mouth or a song, slouching across the campus with the
+Princeton gait, wearing something disreputable upon his head,
+corduroys and sweaters or flannels and cheviots upon his body, and an
+air of ownership combined with irresponsibility all over. In short, if
+you prefer to get some idea of college life, and learn, as far as a
+girl can, why college days are the best of a lifetime, visit Princeton
+on some day that is not a special occasion. But very likely this is
+not what you prefer.
+
+Most girls would rather hurry down with a big trunk in a crowded
+special train, and go to four teas, meet a score of men apiece whom
+they will never see again, dance all night, and then, in a few
+minutes, arise looking as fresh as they did on Easter Sunday, and
+smile good-byes at the depot to the breakfastless young men whom they
+leave forsaken and sleepy to try to go on where they left off, while
+they themselves hurry back to town, and to another dance the next
+night.
+
+A college dance is generally considered very good fun. There is an
+adventurous zest in journeying to a college, and exploring it, and
+meeting crowds of people you never saw before, and there is something
+wild and reckless in being quartered in an odd little boarding-house,
+or, more delicious still, in some room in University Hall borrowed by
+your entertainer for the occasion, with the owner's photographs and
+souvenirs hanging about just as he left them. Then, too, the young men
+themselves, some of whom you have met or heard of before, try to be
+very agreeable, and do everything in their power to make you have a
+good time, if for no other reason, in order that you may see how
+superior their college is to any other, so that even several-seasoned
+society girls consider it worth their while to run down to a college
+dance, and be amused by these fresh-faced young fellows. Some of them
+have been coming off and on for several generations of college men,
+and could talk interestingly of your brother in the class of '88
+should they be so inclined. They know all about these hops. This is
+written for you who have yet to attend one.
+
+There are three regular dances each year, and they are given by the
+three upper classes. One takes place at the close of the mid-year
+examinations, to usher in the new term. Another is given at a more
+beautiful time of the year, usually occurring on the eve of some great
+baseball game. The third one, the most splendid and most jammed, is
+the sophomores' reception, given on the night before Commencement to
+the class which graduates the following day.
+
+Each class has a dance committee, who fly around and work hard to make
+their dance finer than the last one, and generally succeed. They
+procure a fine patroness list to engrave on their invitations,
+containing several of the sort of names that appear in connection with
+Patriarchs' balls and Philadelphia assemblies, together with those of
+two or three professors' wives, to lend a tone. The committee get hold
+of the Gymnasium, pull down the bars and draw the trapeze to one side;
+then have a lot of pink and white cheese-cloth tacked up, hang some
+athletic trophies over the rafters, string a few hundred incandescent
+lights here and there, and send to one of the neighboring cities for a
+smart caterer and a large high-priced orchestra to come for the night.
+Then they are ready for you.
+
+Before the dance, however, you are taken to a few teas which are given
+by some of the clubs. You saw the club-houses when you were shown
+about earlier in the day. Some of them are very handsome, and they are
+all nice, and the nicest is the one to which your brother belongs, or
+whoever owns the club-pin you carry home with you. At the teas the
+rooms are crowded, the air is hot, the flowers are tumbled over, you
+become hoarse, and in most features it is similar to any tea, except
+that there are enough men. You will here meet several of those whose
+names you have on your dance-card, and you may make up your mind
+whether to remember that fact or not.
+
+After the round of teas there remain but two hours in which to dress.
+When you have hurried on those things which make up "a dream," "a
+creation," or "a symphony," whichever it is that you bring, and have
+had, if you feel like it, a bit of dinner, you are taken, at a little
+after eight o'clock, to church. The Glee, Banjo, and Mandolin clubs
+give a very good concert here, and it is a good place to have your
+escort point out the various men who are fortunate enough to be on
+your card, and gives you a good opportunity to notice the taste
+displayed by other girls in their costumes, and feel pleased with your
+own. There are all sorts of gowns, made of many sorts of materials
+with interesting names.
+
+When the concert is at last over--much as you enjoyed it, it seemed
+rather long to you, who were thinking of what was to follow--you are
+taken to University Hall, which is across the street, or to the
+Gymnasium, if the dance is to be there, which is a little farther back
+on the campus, and you are shown to the dressing-room, where those
+last fluttering finishing touches are put on. Those calm,
+assured-looking young women who came in ahead of you are a little
+excited too, as is that laughing girl who was pointed out to you as a
+flirt.
+
+When you are quite ready, and are pulling and smoothing your gloves
+while waiting for the chaperon to start your party, you catch a
+glimpse of something, as the door opens for an instant, which extends
+from the door all along the dimly lighted passage to the very stairs
+beyond--something which looks like a great black bank with gleaming
+white patches here and there. This is made up of young men, whose
+collars are stiff and straight. When your chaperon stalks forth with a
+sort of flourish, several members of the black and white bank come
+forward to meet your party, and the rest make inaudible comments upon
+your appearance, probably to the effect that you are "smooth." But all
+that you are sure of is that your escort offers you his arm with a
+smile and a stiff bow, that you walk nervously up the winding stairs,
+step into a dazzle of light, where members of the dance committee are
+running hither and thither with dance-cards and girls, and where
+patronesses are smiling, bowing, looking stately, holding their fans,
+and doing whatever patronesses usually do. Then the orchestra plays a
+promenade, to which a few impatient couples try to waltz, and you
+begin what you have talked about and thought about and dreamed about
+for a month.
+
+You notice when you have danced the first one with your brother's
+roommate, at whose special invitation you came, that as soon as he has
+taken you to your seat he rushes off like mad. In a moment he comes
+back again, bearing with him the young man who was pointed out to you
+at the concert as being down on your card for No. 2. While he is being
+presented, still another anxious-eyed man runs up and hurriedly
+snatches off your host. These are men who are "running" girls' cards.
+
+Now, while you and your new acquaintance are waiting for the music to
+begin, and are amiably agreeing that the concert was good, that the
+room is warm, that the light effects are pretty, you may steal another
+glance at your dance-card to make sure of this man's name. It is
+carefully written in ink on the pretty silk-and-leather-bound card
+which was handed to you on the way to the concert. All the numbers
+are filled and three extras. This is the way it was done:
+
+About three weeks ago a young man was sitting in the grand stand one
+sunny afternoon watching the baseball practice, and wondering whether
+the nine would beat Harvard, when one of his clubmates came along and
+asked him for a match. He complied with the request, and said, "Don't
+mention it." Then the borrower of the match asked if he were going to
+the dance, and as he admitted his intention of doing so, he was handed
+a preliminary card which had your name at the top of it. Then, after a
+little more conversation, he put his name down for No. 2, and handed
+it back to your host, who thanked him. And again he said, "Don't
+mention it." That was the man who is about to dance with you. At that
+time you were unknown to him. The other names were secured in various
+ways. In the midst of a lecture your card was passed along to some
+fellow on the end of the row, who, with the same pencil with which he
+was taking notes on "Post-Kantian Philosophy," secured for himself a
+_deux-temps_ with you. Other men were hailed out in front of Old North
+when the seniors were singing, or at the club dinner tables, and in
+the lounging-rooms when they were talking baseball, or when they were
+at the billiard table and had to walk across the room to where their
+coats were hanging to see their cards. Perhaps your host took a night
+off to it, and went out on the campus and yelled "Hello, Billy
+Wilson!" under Billy Wilson's window to see if he were in before he
+ran up the stairs to his room and demanded to see his dance-card; and
+went on thus from entry to entry as if he were out after
+subscriptions, except that he went to his friends. Sometimes it is not
+an easy task to fill five or six cards, especially when every one is
+feeling rather down-hearted over an unfortunate athletic season. Of
+course if the girl has been down before, and is well known and
+popular, there is no difficulty of this kind. Probably the next time
+you come down you won't need a card.
+
+Except for the five dances which he saves out for himself you see very
+little of your host during the evening, and even then he seems worried
+and absent-minded. It no doubt piques you a little that the moment the
+music ceases he leaves you, and, with an expression on his face which
+reminds you of when "Pigs in Clover" was the rage, darts across the
+room, bumping into people and begging pardons. The only time he looks
+comfortable and recalls to your mind last Christmas holidays is when
+he and you have slipped off to one of those quiet little nooks so
+bounteously adorned with rugs and hangings, brought for the occasion
+from some dormitory room, to enjoy two little bits of ice which he has
+pillaged from the supper-room. Then for a while he seems to forget his
+cares, and you two have a good old-fashioned chat. You notice a streak
+of chicken-salad along his silken collar, but that gives you no
+adequate idea of the muscle and bad language required to secure and
+bear away those two little dabs of ice and one napkin, any more than
+his anxious expression indicates the amount of patience and ubiquity
+required to "run" three girls' cards at a college dance.
+
+All this time you have been going through the several different stages
+of "a perfectly lovely time." You have shown a lot of young men how
+well you can dance, and have gotten along very well with all you have
+met except that once when you asked sweetly, sympathetically, "Won't
+you be just too glad to be a sophomore next year?" of a very studious
+and diminutive member of the graduating class. The chat is no longer
+about the concert, nor is the heat mentioned, though it is terrific,
+nor the effect of the lights upon the pink and white cheese-cloth,
+except by those gallants who see fit to say something about its being
+becoming to certain complexions. And, most gratifying of all, you
+notice that those who have your name on their cards more than once
+come the second time without being brought. Indeed, some come again
+who have not that good fortune, and you pay slight attention to your
+card after supper, but dance with those who come up and beg for a
+dance, because you are tender-hearted and hate to displease them. It
+is a good plan to lose your card now or hide it. Some girls tear up
+theirs the moment they come, for fear they might make a mistake, and
+consequently hurt somebody's feelings.
+
+By this time you have gotten your second wind, if you'll pardon the
+expression. You talk without previously meditating upon what you are
+about to say; but you know it's all right just as you drift to the
+strains of the music automatically. Your eyes are wide open and
+sparkling; your cheeks have a flush which is becoming; you are dimly
+conscious that your visit at Princeton is a success. And just as you
+are beginning to wish that all this could last forever you hear a
+strain of music of which every daughter of a loving home should be
+fond, and then, for the first time, you notice that the stately
+patronesses in their bower are opening their eyes very wide and
+gritting their teeth very hard. Then, having danced that last one
+furiously, you are dragged off, casting a lingering glance at faded
+flowers, wilted collars, tired musicians, torn skirts.
+
+When you come from the noisy, laughing dressing-room a moment later,
+wrapped from head to foot in a great long thing which covers any
+changes the five hours' exercise might have wrought in your
+appearance, you are met by your bedraggled escort under the light,
+where you took his arm before, long ago, on the way to the dance. You
+can remember how stiff his collar was then and how smooth his hair.
+Everything, animate and inanimate, looks different now, especially
+with that ghastly streak of dawn which mingles with the electric
+light. It makes some of the girls look rather faded and jaded, you
+think, and some of the men rather rakish, but not even the girls seem
+to care very much. Every one is too excited to be tired, and too merry
+to be formal. All the stiffness of your escort's manner has gone with
+that of his collar. As he offers his arm this time he does not gaze
+straight ahead of him and murmur something incoherent about hoping
+that you are going to enjoy this, for he begins singing "It's all over
+now," to the dank and misty campus trees on the way to University
+Hall, and you give him permission to smoke a cigarette, and shout
+good-night down the stairs, and tell him what time to call around in
+the morning--later on in the morning--for he has made you promise to
+stay over all of the following day and see a little of the college and
+campus, and take a stroll in the queer old town.
+
+Then, as the gray dawn creeps in through the dotted Swiss curtains
+which somebody made for the freshman who owns the room, causing the
+roses on the bureau to look pale and livid, and while the far-away
+voices of the dance committee can be heard from back of Witherspoon,
+where they are having an informal game of baseball in their evening
+clothes to celebrate the success of their efforts, and the sparrows
+outside your window begin to twitter as though there had been no
+dance, you lay your head upon the pillow and tell your roommate what
+the tall one said who danced the two-step so divinely, and what that
+funny little fellow with frowsy hair told you, and what were the
+remarks of the football man with whom you sat out two dances, and how
+the entertaining man who sang the solo at the concert seemed to like
+you, and what your brother's roommate told you not to tell.
+
+
+
+
+THE LITTLE TUTOR
+
+
+At first they thought he was one of the new students, he was such a
+little fellow and had such a smooth, boyish face. And one of the
+college men had stopped him on the street, and, in a manner that
+seemed to indicate that he had some particular reason for desiring the
+information, asked him abruptly: "What class do you belong to?"
+
+The little tutor had looked up timidly through his large spectacles
+and answered, in his thin, high voice: "I am not a member of any of
+the classes. I am to be one of the instructors in the academy."
+
+He had smiled reassuringly, to show that he did not take any offence.
+But the tall young man did not seem to dream of embarrassment; he only
+said: "You _are_?" and passed on.
+
+This happened early in September, the day before the term opened, and
+the little tutor had been busying himself looking about the campus and
+getting his bearings in the little city. He had never been in the West
+before, and this seemed very far out West; it was like a foreign
+country to him. The broad, evenly laid, well-kept streets lined with
+so many fine lawns, were a matter of great interest and speculation.
+He thought it queer that when a man could afford to have nearly a
+whole block of lawn that he should have only a frame house upon it,
+but some of these frame houses were very large and comfortable and
+invariably freshly painted, and he liked that. He admired the new and
+handsome business blocks of fine brick and stone. But what seemed most
+wonderful to him was the broad, level sweep of the prairie when he
+walked out into the country. It almost took his breath away.
+
+But it was the campus, as being his future place of work, that
+occupied most of his attention and curiosity. He walked slowly over it
+all, examining each building and every feature thoughtfully and with a
+critical air as one about to buy. There were only about a half-dozen
+buildings in all, including both the college and academy. It struck
+him as odd that both institutions should be on the same grounds and
+apparently of the same importance. The buildings were rather new, and
+he missed the dignified, patriarchal aspect of the old campus he had
+been accustomed to. He thought he could never feel any veneration for
+all this brand-newness as he had toward those old landmarks he loved
+so well. Indeed, it all seemed small and puny viewed in this light,
+and he walked about with rather a patronizing air, as he thought with
+pride of his Alma Mater, and it seemed to him that this institution
+was favored in obtaining for an instructor a graduate of such a famous
+old institution--and an honorman, too, he said to himself, with a
+blush of satisfaction.
+
+Of course, this preparatory school teaching was only temporary with
+him. Only a preparation for something else, and that but a step to
+something higher, until he became--but the little tutor never
+acknowledged just how high his ambition aimed. It was at this point,
+as he was leaning against a tree, that the young man had come up and
+asked him what class he belonged to.
+
+But he had not minded that in the least; he knew how boyish-looking he
+was. It was very natural for them to make such mistakes. A little
+thing like that would not discourage him. They did not know him; wait
+a few days, and they would learn who he was.
+
+And he was right. The whole college and academy learned who he was the
+very next afternoon in chapel. And even the townsfolk soon learned to
+know him by sight; they thought it odd that such a little fellow
+should be a professor. By the end of the month the children coming
+home from school had learned to point out his small figure with the
+large head, carried with his peculiar, springing strides, and they
+would say to one another, "There goes the Little Tutor."
+
+But as they watched him walking briskly by, holding his body stiff and
+straight, they little knew what was going on behind that smile, which
+was a curious mixture of gravity and good nature.
+
+For some reason or other things had not gone as he had expected, and
+so far, at least, they were not tending toward the future he had
+pictured.
+
+He had thought that out there they would appreciate that he came from
+such a large, famous old institution, and that he had stood so well in
+his class and all that; but neither the attitude of the faculty,
+college, nor academy indicated anything of the kind, he thought. And
+this wasn't all. No one seemed to take any interest in him as an
+individual. That is, beyond a cold curiosity.
+
+He did not see why no one took the initiative and made friends with
+him; he could not, being a new-comer. He knew he had never been very
+popular at college, but he had a few good friends, and nearly every
+one of his classmates was kind to him. As he looked back on those dear
+old days, midst those dear old influences, his present surroundings
+seemed cold, very cold.
+
+And he could not explain this coldness. Surely it could not all be on
+account of that first mistake. Oh, that terrible first day in chapel.
+He thought he would never forget it. He remembered sitting up there on
+the platform, before all the college and academy--for out there the
+whole faculty come to chapel, and they sit in a semicircle behind the
+President. He was conscious of many eyes being upon him, and he knew
+what they were thinking and whispering to each other, "Is that the new
+tutor?" "What a kid!" And, indeed, as he cast his eyes furtively over
+the faces before him he discovered even among the preps. many a
+raw-boned countryman who was his senior in years, and this thought had
+so rattled him that he took off his glasses--those large owl-eyed
+things--and began wiping them, as he always did when embarrassed, and
+then he suddenly reminded himself that this always made him appear
+more youthful, and so he clapped them on again. He had not felt this
+peculiar lonely out-of-it feeling for a good many years; no, not since
+beginning of freshman year, at his first eating club.
+
+But what was that? He had heard his name pronounced. Surely he was not
+going to be called upon to lead in prayer. Then the whole sentence
+re-echoed in his confused brain, the distinct clear-cut words of the
+President, "Horatio B. Stacy, A.B., will be Professor Wilkin's
+assistant in the academy." If any of the bold, searching eyes had for
+a moment wandered from him, he knew they had returned again now. He
+remembered wondering if he jumped enough for them to see him. He
+remembered how the steam-heater rattled and pounded in the little
+chapel and the odor of the new paint, as the young President went on
+with his perfectly enunciated words in his clear and cold voice: "He
+comes highly recommended from a good Eastern college. I trust he will
+prove satisfactory. Let us sing number three hundred and sixteenth."
+The President pronounced sixteenth perfectly. And the organ burst
+forth with a loud, cruel prelude, and the hymn was sung. The little
+tutor always remembered number three hundred and sixteen, one bar of
+which always seemed to sing "satisfactory."
+
+When the long hymn was finished, the President, having pronounced the
+benediction, stepped down from the platform and started down the
+centre aisle, followed by an old white-headed professor, and he by the
+professor on his left. The little tutor sat next, and so, innocently
+enough, he started down behind them. How was he to know that there was
+a custom to be observed in this trooping out of chapel, that the order
+was determined by precedence? Ah, it made him flush when he thought of
+it, even now. He could remember just how the whole college and academy
+laughed--they did not titter, but laughed outright--and when he
+realized the position and hesitated, trembling, half-way down the
+aisle, and tried to smile, some of them fairly shouted. He could even
+now see, in his mind, the face of one of the college men next to the
+aisle as he leaned back and laughed merrily, cruelly, looking squarely
+into the little tutor's eyes without pretending to control his mirth.
+The little tutor never remembered how he gained the cool of the
+outside.
+
+But why was he to be blamed? They should have told him. How was he to
+know that there was any rule about the matter? At his college the
+professors never attended chapel; that is, except two or three, who
+sat in the stalls.
+
+The next morning, with some fear and much hope, he had met his first
+class. Perhaps his hand shook a little as he held the roll while his
+pupils came into the room, and his voice trembled, perhaps, as he
+addressed the class, and he couldn't help blushing--his old
+failing--when he heard the laugh caused by his mispronouncing a queer
+name; but he told himself that he had gotten along splendidly when the
+long day was over, and the future seemed bright once more as he
+planned his work.
+
+He thought out just what his attitude toward his pupils would be. He
+was determined that he would not lord it over them, but would win
+their confidence, become friends with them, get to know them all
+personally, and invite them around to his rooms some time, perhaps. He
+even determined upon his policy of discipline, if that should become
+necessary. He would not, he thought, be sarcastic with them, as one of
+his professors at college used to; no, because that, he deemed, was
+taking a mean advantage of the student, who could not, by reason of
+the relations of master and pupil, answer back; the master had it all
+on his side. Neither did he think he would affect the indignant
+attitude; no, because--well, he remembered the fellows' laugh at him
+when he once tried to be indignant. He would assume a dignified
+disregard, as the dean used to. That was the best method of
+maintaining order and attention in a class-room. That would best
+become Horatio B. Stacy, A.B. He fell asleep that night wondering what
+his pupils would give him for a nickname.
+
+Now, as the week went by he never had been obliged to exercise his
+authority. The classes all paid very good attention, better than he
+had hoped for. But how very different this thing teaching was from
+what he had supposed!
+
+The little tutor had been there almost a month; he had walked all
+around the town and about the country; had faithfully attended all his
+classes, and sometimes he had six hours a day; had gone to chapel
+every evening at five; had sat, stared at, in the semicircle behind
+the President, and had trooped out again with his odd gait, and always
+the _last_ one in the procession now. But he had not a single friend
+in the State, unless it was his landlady with the false hair front.
+
+He remembered thinking at college that the attitude of those dear old
+professors was rather distant. But that dignified conservatism was
+nothing like this unconcern, this icy indifference, manifested by
+these professors and assistants; and he was one of their number
+remember, too.
+
+He smiled grimly as he recollected how that, when he first came, he
+had rather expected that some of them might invite him to dine. This
+he deemed would be proper in view of his position as an assistant,
+especially as this institution was so small that the faculty was not
+large enough to be divided into many cliques. And he had even pictured
+himself enjoying a delightful conversation with that old, white-haired
+professor whom he had taken such a fancy to, or, perhaps, holding an
+animated discussion with some of them as to the respective merits of
+Western and Eastern colleges.
+
+But he could have endured their attitude if only his plans would work
+in regard to his classes. It was about his pupils that he thought the
+most. He made a study of each man and each mind and learned what to
+expect from each: which were good at one kind of work and which at
+another; which were the bright, indolent fellows and which were the
+plodders. They nearly all worked quite hard, that was the one
+encouraging thing. But he could not understand them. The little tutor
+had never been to a preparatory school himself, but he felt certain
+that these fellows were not like most preps. He certainly could not
+understand their attitude toward himself. He wanted to be friendly
+with them all, and tried to laugh and joke occasionally to make the
+relations easy, but it was of no use, they only looked at him
+inquiringly, as if he were doing something they hadn't bargained for.
+They all came to recitation in a business-like way, which seemed to
+say, "Here we are, now you teach us."
+
+They never thought of bowing to him as they came in. They seemed to
+regard him only as an automaton that was paid--and by _their_
+money--to stand up there and teach, and he would not have believed
+that he was thought of by them outside, that he entered into their
+existence at all, if he had not one day come into the room with rubber
+over-shoes on his feet and heard them say something about the "Little
+Tutor." That was the time he learned his nickname, and he felt rather
+glad when he heard them say it, though they were somewhat confused
+when they turned and saw him.
+
+When recitations were over, when they had gotten their money's worth,
+they returned to their lodgings in the same brisk business-like
+manner, for dormitories are scarce out there. The little tutor thought
+perhaps this had something to do with the lack of college feeling in
+the institution. There was no _esprit de corps_. They were, the whole
+collection of them, college and academy, simply a lot of young men who
+came together in one place, paid their money and got an education by
+which they would earn more than enough to repay them. So you see it
+was a good bargain. Perhaps this was putting it too strongly, he
+reminded himself, for there was some feeble exhibition of class spirit
+once or twice, and a football team, too, that practised after supper
+in their shirt-sleeves. But, oh! how he longed for a sight of those
+old familiar figures he used to see slouching carelessly across the
+campus in corduroys and sweaters, with pipes and songs and all that
+easy good friendship, and the practising at the 'varsity grounds. But
+these are bitter thoughts.
+
+He hoped that these pupils of his would not always wear linen shirts.
+He wished their vests were not cut so low. He longed for a sight of a
+familiar cheviot shirt and a carelessly tied bow at the neck. He would
+have given a good deal, he thought, just to see one man walking by
+with a sweater tied by the arms about his neck, a dirty sweater
+perhaps, and his hands deep down in his pockets. Sometimes he felt
+that he would enjoy, yes, actually, hearing somebody flunk in one of
+his classes. Who would have thought that of little poler Stacy?
+
+You see the boy was almost hysterical with this morbid homesickness.
+He was brim full of it, and a very slight jar would have been enough
+to upset him and spill it all.
+
+Sometimes he realized that he was making a fool of himself and then he
+used to take himself in hand for being so childish. But he had always
+had these little boyish ways of thinking about the people and things
+around him. He remembered how it was at college; when he first came as
+a freshman his poor little brain was nearly worn out with wondering
+and imagining, and when he fell to thinking of those days long ago, it
+seemed impossible to him that he was a grown man now and teaching in
+an academy. But it was true, and the framed diploma hung in his room.
+And, what was more to the point, he was making money. He had felt
+encouraged when he received his first earnings.
+
+On a Saturday evening he had called around at the treasurer's office
+and received his money, carefully counted and put in an envelope with
+a blue lining. The treasurer was an old man with a hard face, and when
+the little tutor came in he did not say "How do you do," or anything,
+but simply turned toward the safe and took out the money, keeping the
+pen in his teeth as he did so, and only taking it out to ask, as he
+looked up at the little tutor, "That is right," in an exact tone, "is
+it not?"
+
+He hated this proceeding, and hoped that next time there would not be
+the right amount, so that he might have a cheque. But he felt
+light-hearted when he carried the money to his room and wrote his
+letter home and enclosed a certain share of his profits. Prospects
+seemed brighter and his hopes ran high, and his dreams ran away out
+into the future when all his drudgery would be over and he would be
+recognized as a great man, an authority on--but somehow it was hard to
+hold those old aspirations that had seemed so realizable about
+commencement time, when he was an honor man. This cold western climate
+and these common-sense practical New Englanders seemed to have a
+chilling effect upon his ambitions, especially as his self-confidence
+was never very firmly rooted, for he was not, strangely enough for a
+young man, very much of a believer in himself, and his conceit was not
+spontaneous, but was of the bolstered-up kind, so that when he halted
+in his castle-building he was in a very dangerous position, for, if
+you take a young man's conceit away from him, is he _not_ in a very
+dangerous position indeed?
+
+He was also, he told himself, learning this life lesson: that to win
+what men call success in this world required something that he was
+afraid he did not possess: he did not know exactly what to call it.
+When he was in college he used to comfort himself with saying: "Never
+mind, you may not amount to much here, but when you get out in the
+world individual worth will not be handicapped by modesty." But he was
+beginning to despair of this. It would do well enough in books, but it
+took what they call _bluff_ to get along with men, even if you want to
+do them good, and this, he knew very well, he did not, and never
+could, possess. And when he followed this line of thought, he used to
+sigh and come to the conclusion that what the world called success was
+not worth the struggle when one had to use such manoeuvring to win
+it. But he reminded himself that he must not allow himself to sink
+into such pessimism, as in his case those at home had a claim upon
+him.
+
+It was not at all characteristic of the "little Stacy" of college days
+to become so despondent, for he was of a hopeful, trusting
+disposition, and it was all because he had no friend to talk to, no
+kindred spirit for his confiding nature, or any other kind for that
+matter.
+
+His discouragement took the form of indignation in the end, but not
+before he had several times taken hope and smiled in his old trustful
+way, only to find that it was a blind lead.
+
+For instance when that young Wheaton in his rhetoric class appeared to
+be striking up a friendship with him, and even walked through the
+campus several times with him, the chances of having a friend had
+seemed fair and he began to think that at last he was being
+appreciated by one fellow, and a nice fellow too. But after young
+Wheaton had obtained an extension of time on the essay he was to write
+his manifestations of friendliness suddenly ceased. And the little
+tutor wondered how he had offended his pupil.
+
+Then there was the time he was invited to a certain annual reception
+that is always given. The little tutor knew that he was asked only by
+reason of his position, but he remembered accepting with a good deal
+of pleasure, and the anticipation of his _entrée_ into the society of
+the town was a matter of no small excitement to him: a good deal
+depended on it, he had told himself. He meditated considerably over
+the manner of conducting himself in his first appearance in society as
+an instructor: what was becoming to a tutor, and just how dignified he
+ought to appear, and he even found himself practising remarks in his
+room and examining in the glass the expression of his face and all
+those old failings of his self-conscious nature of which he was so
+ashamed. He remembered how excited he was as he rang the door-bell,
+and how awkwardly he bowed when he had come down-stairs, and how
+little the people restrained their curiosity in examining him. He did
+not mingle with the younger people any more than he could help, for he
+always hated young ladies, but stayed with a group of women who were
+talking about Emerson.
+
+These ladies were members of a literary club, which thought itself
+very literary and tried to be Bostonian; and no doubt it was. Stacy
+had some very good ideas, and would have been willing to express them,
+and could have quoted readily from an essay he had once written, but
+somehow they did not seem to be expecting anything from him except to
+smile and say, "Yes, certainly," now and then, as those two young
+assistants were doing, and so he tried to pick up a low-toned
+conversation with one of them on the edge of the circle. But they made
+themselves so obnoxious by their air of superiority that he boldly
+made some allusion to the athletic insignificance on the part of their
+college in comparison with his own. One of them immediately made some
+answer which brought in something about Yale (at which the other
+laughed loudly), and then drew up his brow and looked complacent, as
+if he had made a splendid shot. The poor little tutor turned on his
+heel furious, and felt a strange desire to swear, something that he
+had never done in all his innocent life.
+
+He came to the conclusion that the fault of this whole matter lay not
+in himself, but in them. This is what he conceived to be the reason:
+Nearly everyone in the little city, students, faculty and townspeople,
+were New Englanders by blood or birth. That part of the country, like
+other sections of the West, happened to have been settled entirely by
+New Englanders. Perhaps they were not all of the best sort of New
+England extraction either. At any rate no one knew anything but New
+England ways of doing things and looking at things, and to the little
+tutor, whose environments had not been such as to cause him to bow
+down and worship the Pilgrim fathers, or to think that the sun rose
+and set on Plymouth Rock, all this was at first a matter of surprise,
+then of wonder, and finally of hate.
+
+Every day in chapel the President spoke in his cold tones of character
+moulding, and held up before his hearers Puritan models. On Sundays
+the little tutor went to the principal church of the place, and a kind
+of essay that seemed to him nothing but washed-out New Englandism was
+thrown out to him. The text-books were all those of New England
+writers; all the manners and customs about the college were copied
+after New England colleges; the very compositions that he had to
+correct contained allusions to the Pilgrim Fathers and sturdy New
+England character and noble Puritan traits until the little tutor
+began to wish that there never had been a Plymouth Rock. He wondered
+how everyone else seemed to stand it so well. But they had been
+brought up on it and never knew anything different, and could not
+conceive of any one's not thinking as they did and as their fathers
+did and as their great-grandfathers had done, and pitied (only Stacy
+doubted if they could pity) any family that did not have a piece of
+the Mayflower to worship.
+
+The most aggravating feature of it, to the little tutor, was that they
+were so very self-satisfied about it all, never dreaming that there
+could be anyone so barbarous as not to envy their New England blood,
+and it was this attitude that used to make the little tutor indignant
+and cause him to wish he could be sarcastic, as one of his professors
+used to be: how he would pitch into them! But the worst of it was that
+he realized his diminutiveness and his boyishness; so he felt helpless
+and baffled, and he had to submit to the cold indifference and haughty
+air of superiority worn by those two young assistants not much older
+than himself, who graduated from such a miserable little unheard-of
+college. Stacy thought that if they had gone to his college they would
+have had some of the conceit taken out of them. He thought he might
+stand it all as far as he was concerned, but he felt somehow as if
+they were insulting his college in their treatment of himself, her
+representative. He blushed to think how poor a representative he was.
+
+It was just at this point in his discouragement that he had an
+opportunity which he had often longed for. At last he would have a
+chance to show them what was in him. This would be his final stroke,
+he told himself, and he staked his all upon it. He was to lead the
+prayer-meeting. These prayer-meetings were attended by the college,
+the academy, and even the professors.
+
+Like many excessively shy men, the little tutor was not abashed before
+a crowd when he appeared in some identity other than his own. At
+college he had always done well in his orations, because unconsciously
+he merged his own personality into that of an imaginary orator. So on
+this occasion he was perfectly cool; indeed, he was surprised at
+himself. The subject was, "Help one another." He had thought, in
+preparing it, that it was a singular coincidence, his having that
+subject. He thought he could talk to them from his heart on such a
+subject. And he did.
+
+They all listened intently, and he thought they must be surprised to
+see how thoughtful he was, and how earnest, and what a splendid
+speaker he was. When he finished, he knew that he had done well.
+
+He felt almost joyful when he returned to his room. He dreamed that
+night that certain men came up to him as he was walking alone, and
+tried to become intimate with him, as he had seen it done at college
+with fellows who had suddenly become prominent.
+
+The next morning he was joined on the way to the campus by the
+principal of the academy. Stacy thought he was going to compliment him
+upon his admirable talk. But he was mistaken. He even hinted about it
+indirectly, though ashamed of himself for so doing; but this had no
+effect. At last, in desperation, he was going to say, "Professor
+Thorne, may I ask you whether my talk last evening met your approval,"
+but while he was trying to invent some excuse for such a question they
+reached the academy building.
+
+As he took his seat on the platform waiting for morning prayers to
+begin (the academy had prayers as well as evening chapel), he looked
+around at the preps. and studied their faces carefully.
+
+Professor Thorne that morning spoke on one aspect of
+character-moulding, namely, "Independence." He did not directly
+mention the address of the evening before, but Stacy thought he might
+just as well have, as he sat there beside the principal before the
+eyes of the whole academy without changing his gaze from the floor or
+moving a muscle, except once, when the principal made some reference
+to the sturdy New England character; then the little tutor made a
+slight involuntary gesture, but no one noticed it.
+
+That morning in the class-room the little tutor did not seem himself,
+and his pupils watched him curiously. And if the conduct and
+appearance of the little tutor was unusual that morning, what was it
+in the afternoon!
+
+At one o'clock, when nearly every one went down to get the mail, the
+little tutor was casually noticed by some of them in the post-office.
+"Anything for Horatio B. Stacy?" he asked at the window in a high
+voice. Then they noticed him excitedly tear open the one letter he had
+received and, as he ran over the contents, he said excitedly, in a
+voice loud enough to be heard, "Just in time--just," but at that point
+he seemed to notice that he was being observed. His dazed expression
+was a curious mixture of surprise and, perhaps, pleasure.
+
+Then he came in late to his recitation at three o'clock and seemed to
+be barely able to keep his attention on the work, and now and then he
+would look up and smile and stare at them in an indescribably queer
+way. And in the midst of the next recitation he suddenly arose and,
+motioning the young man that was reciting to take his seat, he said,
+in a husky voice, "Here, stop! the class will please excuse me," and
+bowing politely, even grandly, he hurried out of the room, not seeming
+to care that his pupils had not got their money's worth. The little
+tutor was not himself.
+
+At half-past seven o'clock that evening he came promptly to the
+faculty meeting and quietly took his customary seat by the door. None
+of the faculty were aware of anything unusual until after they had
+transacted the ordinary business and had decided one or two cases that
+came up, and the president had arisen, as usual, and said, in his
+clear tones, "Gentlemen of the faculty, is there further business of
+any nature to come before this meeting?" and the white-headed old
+professor as usual had turned his head sedately around to see if there
+was anything, and then settled down in his chair again with his
+disappointed look, as was his custom. At this point the little tutor
+arose.
+
+No one saw him at first, and the president was beginning to say "Then
+the meeting stands adjourned," but before he reached the last word the
+little tutor cleared his throat with a loud, forced sound, which made
+them all, young and old, turn their eyes upon him. He was smiling,
+they thought.
+
+"I think it is about time for me to speak," he said, in his high
+voice, with a little nervous tremor in it.
+
+He was vaguely conscious of this, and, also, of the light of the lamp
+reflected upon the blackboard back of the President's head. Then he
+buttoned up his little cut-away coat and began the speech he had
+practised in his room. He spoke slowly and, apparently, very coolly,
+and in a deep voice which he always assumed in delivering his
+orations.
+
+"You are probably aware, as I am, that in the wording of the letter by
+which I was engaged to serve as Professor Wilkins's assistant in your
+academy, there was no clause which specifies the length of time for
+which I was to serve in that capacity. This is the case, is it not? A
+purely temporary arrangement, so that, in case I proved
+unsatisfactory"--he tried to imitate the President's pronunciation of
+this word--"I need not be retained the entire year.
+
+"I have been here one month," he said, with impressiveness. He paused
+a moment, and then assuming a smile which he thought was like one of
+his old classmates, he concluded: "I appreciate the delicacy of your
+position, and will relieve you of the disagreeable duty--a duty from
+which you have been restrained by your very kind and thoughtful
+appreciation for my feelings--by voluntarily offering my resignation."
+
+The little tutor walked bravely over to the desk and bowing low laid a
+carefully written sheet of paper on the desk, thereby purposely
+allowing an opportunity for expression of opinion. But he had crossed
+the room and reached his place before anyone began to speak; at first
+it seemed as if nothing was going to be said on their part. Then the
+President at last made answer, speaking very deliberately, it seemed
+to Stacy:
+
+"Well, Mr. Stacy, this is very sudden; very unexpected. We are
+surprised. Believe me, Mr. Stacy, in case the performance of your
+duties had not been satisfactory, we would have advised you."
+
+The little tutor believed him.
+
+"Furthermore, your work has been entirely satisfactory, has it not,
+Professor Thorne?"
+
+"Entirely," echoed Professor Thorne, across the room.
+
+The little tutor was baffled by the tones of the President. He thought
+they belied his words. Nobody seemed to be impressed as he had
+expected.
+
+"It is my intention to leave to-morrow!" he exclaimed, excitedly,
+making an emphatic gesture with his hand.
+
+"Surely, Mr. Stacy, you are laboring under some wrong impression.
+Surely, there is some misunderstanding. You are a little excited, Mr.
+Stacy. Perhaps you are a little overworked. You had better think it
+over before you make up your mind permanently."
+
+Professor Thorne here spoke up: "Don't you think, Mr. Stacy, that it
+would be a little unwise on your own account. Pardon me, Mr. Stacy,
+but I understand your circumstances, and it would be rather late in
+the year to obtain another position now."
+
+The President was about to say something further, but as he turned he
+saw on the young man's face a look as of a weak animal at bay; and he
+stopped.
+
+"Don't you know why I'm leaving this place? I'll tell you," he
+exclaimed, excitedly; all his oratorical manner and assumed
+grandiloquence was forgotten with the rest of his speech. He almost
+screamed in his natural voice, "I'll tell you, I HATE you--all, every
+one." He swept his hand wildly around the circle, "From the oldest,
+gray-haired D.D. to those two conceited young assistants, you cold,
+intellectual, cultured, bloodless, unemotional, self-satisfied
+creatures--I HATE YOU. Of course _you_ don't care; you won't lose
+anything by my hate." He paused a moment, buttoned up his little coat
+and began again, the words pouring out of themselves: "I know I'm
+nobody; I know I'm not attractive, or cultured, but I'm a human
+being--if I'm not from New England--and I have a human heart. I have
+been here a whole month, and in that time what one of you has made a
+friendly advance?--has spoken a word of encouragement?--has even
+taken note of my existence, except as a machine paid to do a certain
+amount of work? I found that out that first day in chapel when your
+President told you all of the bargain he had made. He assured you that
+you were not cheated, as the article rented had had a good standing in
+his class. I wondered at the time he did not, in naming my good points
+like a horse, mention my college instead of saying _a good Eastern
+college_--that's what I can't stand. I could endure the treatment of
+myself, but those slurs on my college I cannot and will not stand.
+Stop! Don't get excited; don't try to explain anything. You don't want
+me to go, because you think you have a good, hard-working horse. You
+think to detain me by informing me of my poverty. That might do,
+but--but read that!" He snatched from his pocket the letter he had
+received that morning.
+
+"_Read that!_" and he started toward the desk with the letter in his
+hand. But the strain was too much for the little tutor. He fainted for
+the first time in his life.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+He never found out whether they read the letter or not. Of course, he
+could have ascertained by writing out there, but he never did.
+Indeed, he did not like to think of that time now, though he did love
+to take out a certain letter with a printed head at the top and read
+the formal language which stated briefly how that, owing to the fact
+that Mr. Charles Benjamin Howard had decided, etc., "the fellowship
+in, etc., was open to Horatio B. Stacy as being, etc., and that it was
+with a great deal of pleasure"--but he knew it all by heart, because
+he had intended to repeat it once on a certain awful occasion when he
+was, he thought, temporarily insane, at least not Horatio B. Stacy.
+
+
+
+
+COLLEGE MEN
+
+ "Johnnie, Johnnie, Dagnan,
+ Johnnie, Johnnie, Dagnan,
+ Do you want me?
+ No, sir-r-ee,
+ Not this afternoon, 'ternoon, 'ternoon, 'ternoon."
+
+
+That is what a crowd of noisy, lazy, slouchy-looking fellows, in a
+circle in front of Reunion were singing to a little, old, dried-up
+man, with a plaintive face and blue uniform, in the centre of it.
+
+John Dagnan, chief of college police and envoy extraordinary to the
+faculty, cast a sad reproachful glance at two of the number to whom he
+had borne many a summons to appear at one o'clock, and then relapsed
+into his characteristic melancholy silence, gazing inscrutably into
+the distance.
+
+Over by the elm in front of the _Princetonian_ Office were four
+seniors pitching pennies and looking very much in earnest over it. Up
+and down in front of the shambling old building two or three
+base-balls were flying back and forth over or against the heads of the
+loafers and passers-by. Several other groups were merely sitting on
+the steps or standing on the stone walks, talking or whistling or
+waiting for nothing.
+
+The steps in front of the entry door were so crowded that young
+Symington, following his friend Tucker, had to tread upon some of the
+loungers to get inside. But the loungers were used to that and did not
+stop their conversation. It's easier than arising.
+
+Symington would have liked to stop and watch the fellows pitching
+pennies, and hear more of the song, and see what the little policeman
+was going to do about it, but he did not say a word. He merely
+followed Tucker up to his room and wondered why he failed to notice
+it.
+
+Charlie Symington was a well-built prep. boy who had been known to
+strike out three men with the bases full. He had been invited to spend
+Sunday in Princeton by some important athletic men in order that he
+might see how much better their college was than all others in the
+world. This was because Charles was young and foolish and had shown
+signs of shifting his youthful affections and his future athletic
+brilliance to that other college where two of his intimate friends
+were going, and which had brilliance enough already.
+
+These athletic officials thought that this would be narrow-minded in
+him, and they were giving him a very good time. The way they did it
+was not by treating him as a distinguished guest or by telling him
+what a fine fellow he was, which would have turned the little boy's
+head and have made him think he could do as he pleased. They simply
+said "Come," and when he came, let him walk around with them.
+
+For they were a right conceited lot in regard to their college, and
+thought that all they had to do was put a boy on the campus, let him
+use his eyes and breathe the air and get it in his young system, and
+his good sense would do the rest. If it did not, his sense was not
+good and they did not want him, thought they.
+
+As for the young pitcher, he did not quite understand why these great
+and awful men whom he had often heard of were so kind to him, and he
+did not care. He only opened his eyes and ears and shut his mouth, and
+let his friends do whatever they wanted with him and thought it was
+very nice in them.
+
+And that is all I am going to tell of; what Symington the prep. drank
+in with his eyes and ears open and his mouth closed. Nothing will
+happen.
+
+A lame arm had laid him off his team for the usual Saturday game, so
+he had arrived in Princeton this afternoon in time to see the 'varsity
+play with a small college nine. He watched the game critically and
+closely, and passed judgment on each player--under his breath.
+
+He knew the initials, age, class, and previous history of every man on
+the team, and he could have told you just what each one did and did
+not in the seventh inning of the Yale game two years before. In regard
+to the important games previous to that he was somewhat hazy. He was
+only sure of the scores by innings, the total base hits, and the
+errors, though he hated to confess it.
+
+Tucker, the Base-ball president, had honored him to the extent of
+allowing him to sit on the bench under the canopy with the team. Here
+was a splendid opportunity of gazing upon their faces at close range.
+Once when the third baseman came in breathless from a home run, with
+perspiration running down his face, he tripped on Symington's toe and
+said to him in a loud tone, in order to be heard above the applause,
+"Pardon me, Symington," which Charlie did.
+
+After the game, which was of the subdued, half-holiday recreation
+sort, good to bring either a pipe or a girl to, without fear of
+putting either out by inattention, Tucker, the president, brought him
+up the street and through the noisy quadrangle to Reunion Hall where
+he now was ascending the stairs.
+
+Tucker opened the door and picked up a dozen or more letters from the
+floor and said, "Sit down, Charlie," and began to assort them.
+
+But he said "Sit down Charlie" in an absent-minded tone, and Charlie
+knew that, and so he looked about the room instead. He thought this
+was the kind of a room a college man ought to have. He gazed at
+everything in it from the oar of the last Princeton crew (which must
+have rowed in triremes--there are two hundred and nine of those oars)
+to the small photograph of a girl's face in a dainty little figured
+blue silk frame, all alone over Tucker's desk. That was the first
+thing he had discovered of which he could not approve. It grieved him
+to be obliged to think that of Tucker. He seemed such a fine fellow,
+too.
+
+Just then Mercer, the treasurer, came in with his rattling tin-box,
+and talked business with Tucker, who nodded his head and kept on
+opening and glancing through letters.
+
+Symington tried not to listen, but he couldn't help hearing, so he got
+up again and went to the window. A great lot of racket was going on in
+the quadrangle below. Somebody had thrown some water out of a window
+at somebody else, and now they were trying to throw stones back
+without breaking glass, which was hard to do. Everyone was shouting or
+yelling, or both, and it was echoing from Old North and College
+Offices. This is called Horse.
+
+It interrupted Tucker so that he had to raise his voice and repeat
+several times what he said to Mercer. Finally the voices became louder
+than he liked. Stepping across the room in a matter-of-fact way with
+an open letter in his other hand, he threw down the window from the
+top, with a shrill squeak, and said, in a casual tone, "Ah, I'm afraid
+you'll have to be just a little bit more quiet down there. You're
+getting a trifle too noisy. There, that's better," and went on with
+his sentence to Mercer, who answered, "That's so. Shall I wire him
+about it?" The racket had suddenly subsided.
+
+Symington the prep. sat down and looked at Tucker. But the senior
+changed his expression no more than when he knocked the ashes out of
+his pipe. Charles asked no questions because he was not that kind of a
+prep., but he arose, went to the window again and looked at the
+horse-players. Then he looked at Tucker once more. Most of them were
+bigger than Tucker.
+
+They acted as if nothing unusual had taken place. They were laughing
+now at something else, only it was quiet laughter. They were
+under-classmen.
+
+The two athletic officers were busy now, the president talking very
+rapidly and seriously, and the treasurer listening intently.
+Symington, the prep., gazed out of the window as only preps. can gaze.
+He found it interesting enough.
+
+It was that hour of the day when the undergraduate leaves whatever has
+been occupying his attention, and thrusts his hands deep into his
+pockets, and heads for the spot in town where he feels like going
+three times every day. There were dozens of them in sight doing it
+now.
+
+The prep. thought it odd, the way some of them stood still out in the
+middle of the campus, and with their eyes turned toward an upper story
+of one of the buildings yelled, "Hello-o, Sam, going down to grub?" or
+beseechingly, "Please shake it up," or commandingly, "Get a move up
+there!" He liked it though.
+
+He could hear footsteps rumbling down the entry stairs, then the door
+slam, and then the man himself would emerge in sight. He saw them
+coming out of North, too, and from West, and he could make out others,
+way over by East College. Many of them headed toward Nassau Street.
+Some set out in the direction of the Chapel. Others turned toward the
+Gymnasium. Nearly all of them whistled or made a noise of some sort as
+they went along.
+
+One fellow, a tremendous man, was stalking by with his head thrown
+back, singing at the top of his voice. But the funny part of it to
+Symington was that the big fellow's face seemed utterly unconscious of
+whether any one was around to see him or not. He was all alone, and he
+seemed to be having a quiet, comfortable time of it.
+
+When the clock tolled six Tucker arose and said, "Now we'll go and get
+some dinner, Charlie--Pat, Symington and I dine at the Athletic Club
+this evening. We'll see you later." Pat was Mercer's right name.
+
+Symington was glad to hear that he was to dine at the Athletic Club
+this evening. He had read all about this affair, and had seen
+pictures of it in _Harper's Weekly_. But he listened attentively to
+all Tucker had to say on the way down.
+
+His friend opened the heavy oaken door with a small flat key,
+explaining that it was necessary to keep the doors locked because the
+mob would otherwise make themselves at home in there. "You see,
+Charlie," he said, "although this is the training-quarters it is a
+private club, and not a public affair like the field-house we were in
+this afternoon. But the membership is open to every one for
+competition. When you come to college, if you make the team, you will
+be a member as long as you are training with it. If you become a
+captain or get any of the Athletic offices you'll be a life member."
+
+But Symington the prep. was not listening to that. When the door
+opened he caught a glimpse of a big brick fireplace with tiling over
+it, on which was inscribed "Oranje Boven," and higher up were
+footballs hung in clusters with scores painted upon them, and all
+about the wainscoted walls of the hallway were baseball and football
+and lacrosse championship banners with gilt lettering. That's what he
+was paying attention to.
+
+"Yes, leave your cap there, any place. Now I want to see what you're
+good for in this line. We'll go over the house afterward." Tucker led
+the way toward the sound of knives and forks.
+
+Now it should be understood that Symington, the head man of the
+school, was not afraid of anything on earth, and if he were dining at
+Prospect with the President of the University, it would not have
+mattered. But to walk straight into a room and be introduced to the
+captain of the team was a little too much. It took his appetite away
+at first, and he thought he could eat none of that famous training
+food of which he had heard. However, the shock soon passed.
+
+He was presented to all the members of the nine, and to the subs and
+to the trainer, and also to two professional pitchers from the
+Brooklyn League team, who were down to coach the players, and who were
+just now eating with their knives a huge meal at a little side-table.
+
+Symington was given a seat next to Jack, the trainer, who was cordial
+and kind to him, and said, "Oh, me boy, you must eat more than that."
+
+The meal seemed to be a very business-like affair. The men were brown
+from their exercise in the sun, and ruddy and glowing from their
+recent rub down, and hungry from both causes, and they devoured great
+sections of rare beef as though they knew it was their duty to get
+strong for Old Nassau.
+
+The conversation was quite shoppy. When he had finished, the captain
+pushed back his chair from the table and said, "Fellows, you played a
+pretty good game to-day. But we've got to brace up in team work. When
+a man's on a base we must simply push him the rest of the way around."
+
+As soon as dessert was finished, Tucker said, "I want to smoke. Let's
+start up for the singing, Charlie."
+
+Symington would have liked to explore the rest of the club-house,
+though of course he did not say so. He did not even ask what the
+singing meant. But as they arose to leave the table he did ask a
+question about one of the portraits of the ancient and modern athletic
+heroes which line the walls.
+
+"Yes, Charlie," said Tucker, "that's he."
+
+"I remember just how he looked when he made that long, low drive, that
+time, in the ninth inning," Symington said, solemnly.
+
+"Yes," said Tucker, briefly, "a great many of us will always remember
+his long, low drives. Here is your cap."
+
+This was in reference to a large portrait at the end of the room. The
+frame had a deep black border.
+
+Tucker and his friend, the other fellow, the University treasurer,
+whose name the prep. had forgotten, waited until entirely out of the
+house before lighting their pipes.
+
+Two or three of the team joined Tucker and Symington and the
+University treasurer. The prep. felt that one of them was coming up
+beside him. He waited a moment and then glanced out of the corner of
+his eye. He caught his breath, but did not fall down. It was the
+captain of the 'varsity nine.
+
+It's a very fine thing to be head man of your school and pitcher on
+your team, but oh, if the school could see him now!
+
+"How do you like our club?" asked the captain in a voice something
+like other men's.
+
+"I like the club," said Symington.
+
+"Yes, we think it's a pretty comfortable place. Come down to-morrow
+and we'll show you the Trophy-room and all." Then he began to question
+him about his team at school.
+
+To Symington's surprise and delight the captain seemed to know the
+score of all the important games they had played and how many--or how
+few--base hits had been gained in each one off him, Charles Symington.
+And he can tell you to this day every word of the conversation and at
+what point of the walk it was when the captain said, "Well, you are
+pitching pretty good ball this year. This is McCosh walk. Look at
+those trees."
+
+"Yes," said Symington.
+
+The soft evening light was sifting down through the interlacing
+branches, making a glow to dream about, which Symington did not
+notice. He had no time to waste at present.
+
+They passed between Chapel and Murray Hall and across back of West
+toward North. Just as they reached Old Chapel strange notes of music
+broke in on the prep.'s ears. At first he could not make up his mind
+whether it was vocal or instrumental, or whether it was real at all,
+in fact, or part of a dream like everything else perhaps. The seniors
+were singing, and from that part of the campus it echoes oddly, as you
+doubtless know.
+
+When they turned the corner and were on the front campus a wonderful
+sight met the prep.'s eyes. On the steps of Old North, and spilling
+over upon the stone walks in front and filling up the window casements
+on either side, was the senior class in duck trousers and careless
+attitudes with the dark green of many class-ivies for a background and
+the mellow brown wall of the ancient pile showing through in places.
+Most of the fellows had an arm about one or two others.
+
+One of the number was standing up in front beating time with a folded
+_Princetonian_. They were singing a dear old song called "Annie Lyle."
+Their voices came rich and sweet in the twilight air.
+
+Under the wide elms were the rest of the college. Also the poor
+post-graduates and some of the faculty's families and the little
+muckers, and even a few seminary students from over the way. But only
+the undergraduates seemed becoming to the scene. The others rather
+spoiled the effect.
+
+Some of the fellows were sprawled out flat on their backs looking up
+through the tree-tops at the fading blue. Some rested their heads on
+each other and got all mixed up so that no one could tell which were
+his own legs. Others were strolling about or looking at the strangers
+who came to spend Sunday or to see the game. A few were passing
+tennis-balls and being cursed by the rest. All of them wore négligé
+clothes or worse.
+
+The captain said he did not feel like singing and led Symington across
+in front of the seniors and made him sit down beside him on the grass.
+This was in the eyes of the whole University.
+
+Symington was quite near the men on the steps. He looked them over
+and tried to catch the joke they were all laughing at now the song was
+finished. He thought it would be a right fine thing to sit up there
+and sing to a college. And he made up his mind that if he ever did it
+he would climb up on top of one of the lion's heads like that little
+short fellow with the long pipe.
+
+After singing "Rumski Ho" in long, measured cadence, and other good
+old things and several new ones, some one on the steps began shouting,
+"Brown! Brown!" Several voices said, in concert, "We _must_ have
+Brown." Out in the crowd they began crying, "Right! Brown. We want
+Brown! We _must_ have Brown!"
+
+Three seniors lay hold of one senior and lifted him to his feet.
+Symington could hear him saying, "Don't, don't. I'm a chestnut. They
+won't listen to me any more. Please don't make a fool of me, fellows."
+But he was made to stand out in front and sing a solo.
+
+While this was going on the rest of the college jumped up from their
+places and pressed up into a close semicircle about the steps.
+Symington and the captain had to arise to keep from being trampled on.
+
+When Brown finished his solo he was applauded so much that he had to
+sing another, and Symington made up his mind that next to being the
+captain he would most like to be Brown.
+
+Then the crowd called for "Timber," and a man got up who had the
+queerest face Symington ever saw. He looked as if he were trying with
+all his might to look serious and would never succeed. Everyone began
+to laugh the moment Timberly stood up, especially his own classmates.
+And when he began to sing his comic ballad they laughed still more.
+
+When he finished, the audience clapped their hands and yelled. A crowd
+of juniors gave the college cheer and ended with the words "Timberly's
+Solo." In some respects Symington liked Timberly more than Brown.
+
+When Timberly at last, looking sad, sat down, Symington heard several
+voices saying "Everybody up." Those on the ground arose, and those in
+the windows jumped down. Symington got up too, though he did not know
+why, and took off his cap when he saw the captain do it.
+
+It was late twilight. The campus was becoming dusky. The faces were
+dim. The ball-throwing had ceased, and the little muckers had left.
+The elms were sighing softly overhead in a patriarchal sort of way.
+Symington thought everyone seemed more quiet and solemn than they
+were before. Perhaps he only imagined it.
+
+Then, with all the seniors on their feet, with their heads uncovered,
+the leader waved his white baton, and over one hundred voices sang
+"Tune every heart and every voice, Bid every care withdraw," and the
+rest of the college hymn.
+
+Many of the audience joined in, and nobody thought it fresh in them;
+and Symington would have liked to join in too, only he did not know
+how. He felt very queer for some reason, and forgot who was standing
+beside him for a moment. The poetry of the scene was getting into him.
+He didn't know that, of course, but he had a vague feeling that this
+was living, and that it was good for him to be there.
+
+When the hymn was finished the class cheered for itself and for the
+college, and for itself again; and the senior singing was over.
+
+From all over the front campus there suddenly broke out in many loud
+discordant keys, "Hello, Billy Minot" and "Hello, Jimmy Linton" and
+"hello" Johnnys and Harrys and Reddys and Dicks, and Drunks, and
+Deans, and Fathers, and Mables and horses and dogs and houses and
+others. As each found the man he wanted, an arm or two was thrown
+about a neck or two, and they started off for some other part of the
+campus or town.
+
+The captain had also helloed for someone. Symington was left alone for
+a moment. But he was not exactly alone. He listened to the scraps of
+talk as the fellows moved past. "Pretty good singing this evening....
+Get to work now.... At Dohm's.... I told him to come up.... New York
+to get advertisements.... The Trigonometry.... Trials for the Gun
+Club.... _Princetonian_ Subscriptions now.... The mandolin to some
+girls that came to see the game with him.... You damn sour ball." Some
+of them were humming the last notes of the song. Others were saying
+nothing.
+
+A loud clear voice beside him called "Hello, Charlie Symington." It
+was Tucker looking for him in the dusk, and he called him just as they
+called to college men. Symington was to meet the captain again later
+on. Tucker put his arm about Charlie's shoulders as they stepped along
+toward Reunion. Perhaps he did it unconsciously.
+
+"You can amuse yourself with these," said Tucker, tossing into
+Charlie's lap a copy of the _Bric-a-Brac_, which he had read long ago
+at school, and a lot of photographs. "And if you want a nap," he
+added "just read that." He threw across the room the last number of
+the _Nassau Lit_. That's a very old joke.
+
+Tucker then turned to his desk and got to work over something.
+Symington did not know what it was, and of course did not ask. But it
+was not fifteen minutes before "Hello-o, Tommy Tucker" came in a loud
+voice from the quad, below. Tucker frowned and did not look up.
+
+Then it came again, with a sharper accent on the second syllable,
+"Hell_oo_, Tommy Tucker."
+
+"Hello," Tucker replied, shortly.
+
+"Are you up there?"
+
+"No, I'm down at the 'varsity grounds running around the track."
+
+"You busy?"
+
+"Yes, Ted, I am. Don't come up."
+
+"All right." Then a whistled tune began, and the shuffling of a pair
+of feet along the walk. Gradually they faded and mingled with other
+whistling and feet scraping.
+
+While Symington was thinking this over he heard another voice calling
+for someone else, and when a muffled response came back, the clear,
+outside voice said, "Stick your head out!" He heard a window lowered
+and the inside voice say "Well?"
+
+"Stick it in again."
+
+The window slammed and the man below went on down to Dohm's, whistling
+softly to himself.
+
+Symington, the prep., thought that was very funny and laughed aloud,
+and hoped he did not disturb his host by so doing.
+
+Presently someone else yelled for Tucker, and when he replied, "Yes,
+of course, I'm busy," the man below called back, "Too bad," and the
+entry stairs began to clatter. In a moment a broad smile and a pair of
+clean duck trousers burst into the room.
+
+"Timberly," said Tucker, smiling in spite of himself, "I thought I
+told you not to come up here this evening."
+
+"I believe you did. That's so." Timberly was trying to look serious.
+Then brightening up at the sight of Symington as if remembering
+something. "But you see," he said, "I wanted to meet the pitcher."
+Tucker grinned and introduced them.
+
+Timberly shook Symington's hand vigorously and said, "Wasn't that a
+smooth song I sang on the steps--hey? I'm a good one, only none of 'em
+appreciate me. Oh, yes, I nearly forgot--I'm up here on business. I'm
+up here on business, Tommy Tucker," he repeated, and daintily kicked
+off Tucker's cap and disappeared into one of the bedrooms. Tucker kept
+on working. Symington wondered what Timberly was doing.
+
+It was nearly half-past eight now, and other fellows began dropping
+in. Some helloed first and some came unannounced. Tucker looked up to
+see who they were. Sometimes he said "Hello" and sometimes he did not.
+Some of them took off their caps. Others did not. Tucker left it to
+the first ones to introduce Symington to the later ones.
+
+After half an hour's absence Timberly emerged from the room finishing
+a sentence he had begun before he opened the door. "And Tommy, you
+must do the rest. You can tie them so nicely too."
+
+"Tommy, look," said the man with the banjo on the sofa.
+
+Timberly was standing up straight, nicely incased in evening clothes
+and holding two ends of a white tie in his hands. He looked
+well-groomed and seemed like a different man now. Perhaps he was.
+
+"What are you doing?" said Tucker, in a stern voice.
+
+"I've got to do it. It's two years now, and it's not good form to let
+a dinner call go more than two years in Princeton. Here, Tommy, fix
+this."
+
+"Do it yourself."
+
+"These were great friends of my brother's, and he made me promise on
+the Family Bible, if we have one. Here, tie this. Great Scott, I've
+done all the rest. They are your own clothes. You ought to at least be
+willing to fix the tie."
+
+Tucker put his pen between his teeth and tied the knot with Timberly
+kneeling at his feet like a patient child having his face washed.
+Tucker was one of the three men in college who could make a decent job
+of a tie on another man's neck without standing behind him. The others
+looked on in silence. Timberly looked up and winked at the prep.
+
+As a rule Symington did not like people to wink at him, as though he
+were a boy, but this was a most peculiar wink. He not only liked it
+but nearly snorted out with laughter, which would have been a very
+kiddish thing to do.
+
+Timberly jumped up. "You're a pretty nice fellow, Tommy Tucker, even
+though you are arrogant," he said, and leaned over and rubbed his chin
+affectionately across Tucker's nose, then grabbed his cap and started
+for the door.
+
+"By the way Timber," said Tucker. "I want you to return those clothes
+some time. Do you hear? I may go out of town next week."
+
+"That sounds reasonable," replied Timberly, reflectively rattling the
+knob as he glanced about the room at the others.
+
+"And I don't want to chase all over the campus for 'em. Do you hear?"
+
+"Now, Tommy Tucker, you talk as if I were accustomed to keeping things
+I borrow. What are you fellows laughing at? Besides, you know very
+well, T. Tucker, that even if I should happen to forget to return your
+suit, all you would have to do would be to wire down home for
+mine--or, no, ask me and I'd wire down myself and save you the
+trouble." He banged the door.
+
+"Now do you suppose," laughed the one with the cigar on the divan as
+Timberly's feet in Tucker's patent leathers went pattering down the
+stairs, "that Timber thought he was in earnest in that last brilliant
+remark of his, or was it meant for horse." You could seldom tell with
+Timberly.
+
+"I don't believe he knew himself," said the man with his feet on the
+arms of Symington's chair. "He's on one of his streaks to-day. I saw
+the symptoms this morning in Ethics. And when he's that way he's as
+good as crazy."
+
+"Right," said the one with the banjo. "He don't know what he's saying
+any more than he knows that he has a cap on his head with a dress
+suit. If he were in his right mind he would not go out calling."
+
+"He'll either make a fool of himself this evening wherever he goes, or
+else he'll make one of those great tears of his."
+
+But Symington the prep. thought Timberly was about the best fun in the
+world.
+
+Some of the fellows left and others came in. Symington thought some of
+them behaved oddly. One man seemed very sour and came in scowling and
+sat down without saying hello to anybody. He put his feet on the table
+and pulled his cap down over his eyes. As soon as he finished his pipe
+and had emptied the ashes on the carpet to keep out the moths he arose
+and stretched himself and went away again. He had not said a word. And
+after he had left no one said anything about it.
+
+That happened while the crowd was thickest. When there were only a few
+fellows in the room some one generally remembered to introduce the
+incomers to Symington. He rather liked the way they treated him. They
+did not, as a rule, patronize him because of his being a prep. And
+they did not take pains to make him feel at ease, which would have
+rattled him. They treated him more as if he were one of them, and
+talked to him, if they felt like it, and let him look after himself,
+if they did not. At least that is the way it seemed to Charlie. And
+they called him Charlie or Symington, without any Mister, which would
+have made him feel ridiculous.
+
+And all this time Tucker at his desk kept on working and only looked
+up occasionally to say, "How are you, Willie, there's the tobacco,
+come in." The only time he arose from his seat was once when Jack the
+trainer came in, and looking at the crowd said, "Mister Tucker, can I
+speak with ye a moment." The busy man said "Certainly" and led the way
+into his bedroom and closed the door with a bang, and came out again
+in a few minutes saying, "All right Jack, I appreciate your position.
+I'll see to it. Good-night," and sat down to work again.
+
+At a little before eleven the prep. began to feel the force of
+training habits. He was gritting his teeth hard to keep from yawning.
+Tucker, who had not looked up for nearly an hour, whisked his papers
+and things to one side, slammed two drawers, turned a lock, and
+suddenly jumped up from his chair. He ran across the room with a yell
+which startled the prep. and made the chandelier ring. Then he threw
+himself upon two fellows on the divan and began calling them names.
+His teeth were set and his face so fierce that the prep. found it
+difficult to keep from believing him angry. And then the two on the
+divan arose in their might and cast him upon the floor, exclaiming,
+victoriously, "There, be Gosh." Tucker was through his work for the
+week and was feeling glad about it. That was his way of expressing it.
+
+"Now, Charlie," he said in a loud, careless manner, "we go out and
+have some fun now. Here's a cap. Don't wear that ugly stiff hat any
+more. See?"
+
+Symington had no idea where he was going, but he arose and said
+good-by to the three others in the room. They did not seem to feel
+badly in the least over their rude treatment on the part of their
+host. One of them, sitting on a table with one foot on a chair and the
+other on the floor, was reading a book of verses and did not look up
+when Tucker said, "So long." The other two, who had been talking about
+the baseball prospects and including Symington in their conversation,
+remained flat on their backs talking about the baseball prospects
+without Symington.
+
+It was a beautiful evening. In other words it was spring term and the
+night was clear. There were still groups of fellows seated on the
+doorsteps or stretched out under the trees. The gleam of their
+flannels could be seen in the dark. They were up in the balconies
+also. One of them knocked the ashes from his pipe and Symington saw
+the sparks float down. He heard a low laugh come from one of the wide
+open windows. Up from Witherspoon came the tinkle of mandolin music.
+They were playing to some visiting girls on those broad balconies in
+front.
+
+"This is West," said Tucker; "Jack Stehman lives in that room up there
+and Harry Lawrence in the one below----"
+
+"Oh, Stehman the tackle?" asked the prep.
+
+"Yes. Have you met him?"
+
+"No."
+
+"You will to-night."
+
+The prep.'s heart gave a bound. He was to meet Stehman.
+
+They passed down by Clio Hall and dingy Edwards and turned toward a
+long gray building a little to the left.
+
+"This is Dod Hall," Tucker said, and opened one of the big doors.
+
+They went up two or three flights of stairs and turned down the hall,
+and Tucker kicked a door at the end of it. Something clicked and the
+door opened of itself. Four or five voices shouted, "Come in."
+
+Mingled bits of conversation and tobacco smoke and the odor of
+lemon-peel met them in the little hall-way as they entered it. But
+Symington the prep. looked behind the door and made up his mind that
+his door would have an electric apparatus like that when he came to
+college.
+
+A fellow stuck his head out of one of the bedroom doors and pointing
+across the hall-way to the main room with a long, bright deer-knife,
+said, "Come in, Tom, I'll be there in a moment." He rubbed
+perspiration from his brow with the back of the hand which held a
+lemon and disappeared into the bedroom.
+
+"Yea-a-a!" cried several voices as Tucker pushed back the portière and
+stood in the door-way. "Come in, Tommy," they said. "Come in,
+Symington," said one of the fellows that knew the prep.
+
+"Fellows, this is my friend Symington, the prep.'" said Tucker;
+"Symington, this is de gang." Tucker tossed his cap and Symington's
+gracefully into the scrap-basket and pushed Charlie into a seat on the
+sofa. A fellow with spectacles began asking him what he thought of
+the afternoon's game. The prep. did not know the man's name, but that
+did not matter.
+
+There were about a dozen fellows scattered about the room, but the
+thing that attracted Symington's attention was in the centre of it.
+
+Two square-topped desks had been placed end to end. On these lay a
+table-cloth, or rather some sheets, and on them was stacked a pile of
+things good to look at and better to eat. The only reason the food did
+not immediately become part of the dozen fellows was because they were
+waiting with watering mouths for something to wash it down with. And
+this was being prepared as rapidly as Randolph and Ashley in the
+bedroom could do it. Perhaps they were trying to do it too rapidly,
+for Symington heard a voice exclaim, "Aw, look out, you ass, you're
+spilling it all over my bed."
+
+While they were waiting, Dougal Davis and Reddy Armstrong and Harry
+Lawrence and Jim Linton and others came in. When the lounge,
+window-seat, chairs, tables, and coal-scuttle became crowded, the
+new-comers sat on the floor.
+
+Presently the introductory strains of Mendelssohn's "Wedding March"
+came from the bedroom, followed by Randy and Dad Ashley and two
+assistants bearing aloft two basins, which seemed to be heavy. They
+strode in, swinging their feet far out in front in a stagey manner to
+the tune of the "Wedding March" which they shouted with their heads
+thrown back.
+
+Hunter Ramsay jumped up and marched behind them. The rest thought this
+a good idea and did likewise, and all sang loud and stamped hard and
+made the poler growl in the room below, which did no good. Then after
+marching twice around the table they carefully set the bowls down at
+either end of it with the ice tinkling against the sides. One of the
+bowl-bearers remarked, "Maybe you don't think those things are heavy."
+
+"Now then!" said Stehman the tackle, approaching the table. "Ah!" said
+Symington's friend Tucker. The others may have said things also. If
+they did not they looked them.
+
+No one waited to be asked. Everyone was supposed to know without being
+told what was the object of white breasts of cold chicken with
+russet-brown skin, and rich Virginia ham with spices sticking in the
+golden-brown outside fat, and little, thin, home-made sandwiches and
+olives and jellies, Virginia jellies, you know, and beaten biscuit and
+chocolate cake and fruit cake, or black cake, as they call it in the
+South. As a matter of fact they all did seem to know, and this
+included Symington, who held his own with the others very well for a
+little prep. boy in training. He had forgotten to be sleepy now.
+
+Thus began one of the greatest evenings in the life of Charlie
+Symington, and it lasted until two o'clock. It was an old-fashioned
+spread. There was no caterer with a gas-stove in the bedroom, or a
+table set with a bank of flowers down the centre, or properly attired
+waiters opening wine behind the chairs. Randolph's mother had sent up
+a lot of deliciously cooked stuff from the old place in Virginia.
+Randolph had said to some of the fellows, "I've got a box of grub. Can
+you come 'round this evening?" And by the looks of things most of them
+had found that they could as well as not.
+
+Symington had the best time of them all, and, besides, he learned
+much. He noticed that quite as many fellows took lemonade as drank
+punch, and this was a matter of surprise to the prep. For his ideas of
+college men were largely drawn from would-be sportive young freshmen
+that drove through prep. school towns waving beer-bottles overhead and
+beating their horses into a gallop.
+
+Nobody got drunk. Everyone became livelier and brighter and better,
+but that is the object of such gatherings, and those who confined
+their attentions to the lemonade end of the table were as noisy as the
+others. No one was urged to take the red fluid rather than the yellow.
+In fact no one observed which fellows visited which punch-bowl. No one
+but Symington. And he had been under the impression that at college a
+fellow's jaws were pried open with a baseball bat and rum was poured
+down his throat, while three other men held his legs and arms.
+
+The room had now become beautifully hazy with smoke. Some of the
+fellows tipped their chairs back and put their feet up. The
+window-seat was full to overflowing. One man rested his head on
+another fellow's shoulder and asked him to muss his hair. The legs of
+the one having his hair mussed stretched out over the legs of two
+other fellows and intertwined with those of a third. Two men were
+sitting beside the oranges on the table. Some were on the floor with
+their backs against the wall. All had full stomachs and light jovial
+spirits. Symington was watching Dougal Davis blow rings.
+
+Harry Lawrence started up "The Orange and the Black." They sang all
+the stanzas. Then they sang more songs, old songs which are still
+popular and new songs which were then popular and are now quite
+forgotten, probably. Everyone sang, whether he knew how or not.
+Symington sang too. The one he liked the best was a funny song
+beginning, "Oh, to-day is the day that he comes from the city." They
+sang that one over and over again. Then they sang it once more. They
+were all having a good time.
+
+After a while the room became quiet and someone turned down the lights
+and they told ghost stories, which frightened the prep.
+
+They wound up the evening by trooping downstairs in the dark, for the
+lights were turned out long ago, and marching up to the front campus,
+singing as they went. And there they danced about the cannon and sang
+and whooped and yelled until Bill Leggett came over with his lantern
+and said, in his gruff voice and good-natured manner, "Boys, it's
+nearly Sunday morning."
+
+"All right, Bill," they answered. Then all said good-night and went to
+bed.
+
+Tucker had a roommate some place, but Symington had his bedroom that
+night.
+
+"If you want anything, just yell for me, Charlie. My room is right
+next, you know. Goodnight." Tucker was half undressed.
+
+"I sha'n't want anything. Wait a minute, Tucker, please. I'm not sure
+about something, and it bothers me."
+
+"Well?"
+
+"Princeton won the football championship in '78, didn't we?"
+
+"Say that again."
+
+"Didn't we win in '78?"
+
+"Yes, Charlie, we did."
+
+Symington thought his friend Tucker was smiling at his ignorance. But
+that wasn't it.
+
+
+
+
+THE MAN THAT LED THE CLASS
+
+
+The Latin salutatory was finished. Dougal Davis bowed and took his
+seat and the applause began.
+
+He had done well and he knew it, but he did not stop to dwell upon
+that now. There would be plenty of time to feel pleased with himself
+later on. At present his chief sensation was of jubilant relief at
+telling himself that the thing was over with at last.
+
+Not many of his audience had understood much of what he had been
+saying, but that did not matter. The fellows smiled at the right time
+when he said something about _puellas pulchras_, and they nodded their
+heads knowingly when he made the reference to athletics, as he had
+told them beforehand to do. And he had gotten through without
+forgetting the paragraph beginning with "Postquam," as he feared he
+would.
+
+He was mopping his good-looking brow. His nerves were still quivering,
+but he felt perfectly cool and unafraid of anything, and he sat very
+still with his eyes half closed, and felt the tension on his nerves
+soothingly relax. Then for the first time he heard the applause, and
+it occurred to him that all those many people out there were clapping
+their hands for him, and that for five minutes they had heard very
+little else but his voice, and he felt without glancing up that they
+were still looking at him and very likely thinking, "That is the man
+that led the class." He told himself all this with an inward smile of
+wonder at his own importance, and at his not being more impressed by
+it.
+
+Then he slowly raised his eyes and moved his gaze around over the many
+fluttering fans to the right. He passed over it once without seeing
+it, then he found the face he was searching for. She was looking up at
+him with just the kind of a smile that he knew would be there, and
+when she caught his eye, the smile became radiant, and he fancied he
+saw a little look of triumph in it. This he answered with a shrug of
+his engowned shoulder and an almost imperceptible grimace, and quickly
+looked away again. No one else saw it, but she saw and she understood.
+
+The applause had ceased, and the next man was introduced and the
+audience turned their attention to him.
+
+Davis took a long breath and looked about him. There was a fat old
+lady fanning vigorously, and at every stroke of the fan a ray of
+light was reflected in his face. Over there on the right of the
+platform were the venerable trustees. Harry Lawrence's fine looking
+father, with the handsome head of gray hair, was in the front row,
+looking grave and indulgently interested. On the left were the faculty
+in their black gowns. They appeared more or less accustomed to all
+this. Down in front were his classmates, and back of these the many,
+many people closely crowded together. Their faces looked like little
+patches of white with dark marks for features, and nearly all of them
+seemed to be fanning.
+
+He remembered the lining up under the elms this morning in front of
+North, and the band that played, and the girls that gazed, and the
+many classes calling "'82 this way!" and "'61 this way!" and the
+old-fashioned cheer that '79 gave. Then with the band taking a fresh
+hold on the air, how the long procession had begun its march under the
+trees toward the church, between the crowds of visitors who parted to
+either side and looked at them as they filed by.
+
+First came that member of the faculty who is always grand marshal and
+carries an orange and black baton, then the august trustees followed
+by the faculty in their gowns and mortar boards, and behind these
+trooped the sons of Nassau; each class in the order of graduation, and
+last of all those who were about to become graduates, over whom all
+this fuss was being made, and who were somewhat impressed by it and by
+the length of their gowns.
+
+He remembered the slow, dignified march led by the grand usher and his
+assistants up the aisle of the old church between the crowded pews of
+smiling fathers and proud mothers and the girls with bright-colored
+dresses. He recalled how amused and yet pleased he was at hearing a
+junior whisper to a girl beside him, "There he is--that's Davis, the
+one I was telling you about." This he remembered had interrupted the
+silent rehearsal of the sentence with the ablative absolute in it. But
+he did not have to rehearse it any more. All the salutatorian had to
+do was to sit still and hear what the other speakers had to say and
+feel good.
+
+He was thinking about himself and the four years just past, and having
+a right good time at it. He recalled how he had been a nobody at the
+start, and he smiled as he remembered how some of these very fellows
+in the pews before him had looked down on him in freshman year, and
+how he had forced their respect and won their liking. He traced the
+progress of it from the first step when he gained the one freshman
+position on the _Princetonian_ board and overheard someone say, "What!
+that poler?" up to the present time when people pointed him out on the
+campus and said, "There goes Dougal Davis." Few ambitious men graduate
+with as much to be proud of and as little to regret.
+
+First there was the prize for leading the class in freshman year, then
+came the sophomore essay prize, and the Washington's birthday debate,
+and the next year a classical prize and two or three Hall honors,
+including one of the four appointments for the inter-Hall junior
+oratorical contest, in which he had won first place, and a number of
+other prizes of which he did not stop to think in detail, and finally
+the appointment as first representative of his Hall in the Lynde
+debate which had taken place the night before, and the result of which
+would be announced to-day. Intermingled with these were other honors,
+such as the membership of an elective club, and the presidency of his
+class in junior year, and the class oratorship on Class Day, and then
+the Latin salutatory to-day.
+
+You see he had just about all one man could get, and before he left
+the room he was going to hear his name read out before everybody, as
+the winner of still a few more honors. This was the culmination of a
+rather successful career, and he told himself that he did not care how
+conceited it was, he was going to enjoy it for all it was worth, for
+before the sun set he would be an undergraduate no longer, and there
+would be plenty of time to find how small he was.
+
+Dougal Davis was the son of a foreign missionary, and he had entered
+college with the intention of making a minister of the Gospel of
+himself. He still had that intention. He was one of the most popular
+men on the campus.
+
+When he began his course he was as bristling with prejudices and as
+redolent of sanctimony as many high-minded young men of noble purpose
+and little tact, but unlike some of them he had sense of humor enough
+to find out pretty promptly that he was a young prig.
+
+He soon shed many of his prejudices, and he was fair-minded enough to
+let the good wholesome atmosphere of the campus air out his
+sanctimony. This is a way of saying that early in freshman year he
+took himself in hand and decided that if he and a number of other
+fellows looked at a number of things in vastly different ways it did
+not necessarily follow that the other fellows were dead wrong. He was
+in evidence at class prayer-meetings, but not more than at the
+meetings at the lamp-post in front of Reunion, with his hands doubled
+up under a sweater, gossiping with the crowd. That is the sort of a
+fellow he was.
+
+Davis's father had a small salary and a large family, like all
+missionaries, and one of the girls had come back to the States when
+Dougal did to go to a school in Philadelphia. So young Davis earned
+the price of his education.
+
+But this was not so hard as it sounds. Being a minister's son he had a
+scholarship, which saved his tuition bills, and he ran a club, so that
+his board cost nothing. Leading the class in freshman year not only
+brought him the prize of $200, but the best kind of advertising with
+the faculty as well, so that in sophomore year he had more tutoring
+sent around to him than he knew what to do with. Then he became
+Princeton correspondent for several papers, and dropped tutoring
+except on special occasions and at very special rates. He had such a
+reputation that he could have had any price he asked. "Go to Davis; he
+can put you through any examination," they used to say.
+
+In junior year he enlarged his newspaper correspondence and began
+doing some syndicate work. He gained a bit of reputation with football
+writing, and in his senior year he used to sign his name to a column
+of it every week. "The joke of it is," Dougal used to explain, "I
+don't know beans about the game." This was not strictly true, for no
+one with eyes could go through four years of tramping down to 'varsity
+field without absorbing enough to enlighten the average sporting
+editor.
+
+In short, before Davis was three-quarters of the way through his
+college course, he was paying his expenses and making a surplus which
+was considerably larger than that which poor young men who earn their
+way through college to preach the Gospel are supposed to have.
+
+Now he might have sent a portion of it out to his hard-working parents
+in Persia, or have helped to defray the expenses of his ambitious
+sister at school. This would have been noble of him, but he did
+nothing of the kind. One does not need much money in Persia; there's
+nothing to spend it on. His people had a large, comfortable home with
+a dozen servants to look after it, and they seemed to have leisure
+enough to write articles for English and American magazines now and
+then. A rich aunt looked out for his sister, and she had the
+reputation of dressing more artistically than any girl in the Walnut
+Street school. The only thing he did for her was to send an occasional
+box of candy, or a book, like any other brother. Davis did not even
+save his money. He blew it in on himself and his friends, like any
+other natural young man. What do you suppose he worked so hard for if
+it were not to go in with the rest of the club for coaches at
+Thanksgiving games, and to take runs to Philadelphia over Sunday, and
+to give spreads in his room on Saturday nights, and to do the other
+things for which one has sore need of money and for which he goes
+broke for about twenty days of each month? If Davis had been a modern
+undergraduate he would perhaps have spent money on good-looking
+clothes, though I hardly think that of him.
+
+The only disadvantage in his way of living was that it took time, so
+that he did not have as much of it to loaf in as he would have liked.
+Especially as he was mixed up in half-a-dozen outside interests of the
+college world, and had a provokingly high stand in class to maintain
+besides. For although the fellows used to say he kept on leading his
+class from force of habit, as a matter of fact it took considerable
+valuable time.
+
+The worst of it was that he had to do his reviewing up regularly week
+by week, for he was of no account at cramming all night for exams, he
+said. Perhaps this was true. When the crowd used to gather in
+half-undressed condition with wet towels around their heads and wild
+looks on their faces, Dougal generally stretched out upon the divan
+and drummed on a banjo, with his eyes half closed and a pipe in his
+mouth, and listened to the others quizzing and getting excited, and at
+twelve o'clock, except on rare occasions, he said good-night, and went
+to bed and slept like a child, and the next day would saunter into
+Examination Hall as fresh as a spring term Sunday, and write the best
+paper in the class. It is in this way that many fellows remember him
+best.
+
+The reason he never seemed to be especially rushed was that he had the
+knack of arranging his time, and had learned while still in college
+that there are a great many moments in twenty-four hours. He went to
+breakfast before chapel, and he crammed a great deal into those odd
+hours that come between lectures, which most fellows spend in making
+up their minds what to do, and he found he better appreciated a loaf
+on Saturday night if he put in most of the daylight in work. It was in
+that way he managed to find time to keep up his Hall work and attend
+to his _Princetonian_ duties and committee meetings and write orations
+and essays, besides managing one of the clubs and turning out an
+average of one thousand words of copy a day in time to catch the
+afternoon mail.
+
+And it was in this way that he managed to keep from breaking down
+under it. When the bell in North struck five he always tossed aside
+his book and ran down the stairs three steps at a time and yelled,
+"Hello, Tommy Tucker," or "Billy Nolan," or somebody with all his
+might, and with him took a rattling hard walk--not down Nassau Street,
+but 'cross country--or else an hour's pull at the weights in the
+gymnasium with a cold shower-bath and a hard rub at the end of it, and
+then walked tingling with health and content to the club, when he ate
+the largest meal of anyone there--except when big Stehman was back
+from the training-table.
+
+After this he stretched his legs far under the table and leaned his
+head against the back of the chair, and there lingered with the coffee
+and gossip, blowing beautiful smoke rings for an hour. He had been
+known to refuse a $5 tutoring offer for this hour, just as he had once
+sacrificed an elective course in Greek philosophy for the five o'clock
+one.
+
+During the past year Davis had been making up his mind to a few
+things. One of them was that he would go out to the foreign field. He
+could not say that he felt himself called to it. He did not sign the
+pledge that was circulated about in the colleges at that time as the
+"Student volunteer movement."
+
+Ever since he could remember he had intended to be a preacher, though
+there was a period, which came about the same time as his first pair
+of trousers, when he thought he would rather be a dragoman with a
+fierce mustache and big buttons. And now he came to the conclusion
+that he would become a foreign missionary, like his father.
+
+He felt that he was pretty well suited to the work and would make a
+success of it. He had a strong constitution, a good voice, and
+adaptability to circumstances. He knew pretty well by nature how to
+get at people, and the summer spent slumming down in Rivington Street,
+New York, had taught him considerably more. Besides, he already had
+the language down fine, and could stumble along tolerably well with
+two of the low dialects.
+
+What is more, he thought he would like it. He did not tell himself
+that it was noble to go and bury himself way out there, for there
+wasn't any burying about it. He liked the climate and expected to have
+a good time in Persia, with a man-servant to bow low and make his
+coffee in the morning, and to fill his big, long pipe every evening,
+and he pictured himself on a horse riding beside a certain blue river
+with peculiar big trees along the bank quite as often as saving souls.
+
+At least this is the way he used to talk in pow-wows in fellows'
+rooms. But there were certain long-faced friends of his that
+misunderstood when he talked in this manner.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+The salutatorian was not troubling himself about that just now, as he
+sat there on the stage resting his chin on one hand and fanning
+himself with a programme in the other. He had been idly listening to
+Nolan as he thundered and perspired about Purity in Politics. For his
+part he preferred gamey Billy Nolan, the all-round athlete, to earnest
+William the orator. Nervous little poler Stacy was now straining his
+lungs with his well-committed plea for the Greek Ideal. Davis was not
+following it very closely. He glanced down at his classmates in the
+front rows. He knew that before the day was over he was going to feel
+pretty sad. That was not troubling him very much now either. But every
+time he looked down there a certain thing bobbed up and spoiled the
+pleasant taste in his mouth. It was hardly worth getting uncomfortable
+over. This was the way it had begun, long ago last fall, as they sat
+around the table after dinner talking football. And you can see how
+ridiculous it was to worry about it.
+
+Davis was holding forth at some length with considerable earnestness,
+as he had a perfect right to do, of course, and Jim Linton had not
+joined in the discussion. He seldom did. He was quietly sipping his
+coffee at the end of the table and looking quizzically interested.
+
+Presently he interrupted. "Oh, Dougal," he said. He had arisen to go
+and was refilling his pipe.
+
+Dougal stopped short. "Yes?" he said in an intense tone.
+
+Linton looked at him a moment, folded up his pouch, put it in his
+pocket, and struck a match.
+
+Then he said, between puffs, "I'd a little rather you would not get
+excited, Dougal," and started off for the billiard-room.
+
+It was nothing but a bit of ordinary club chaff such as passes back
+and forth every day, and Linton forgot the occurrence before he
+finished chalking his cue. But Dougal's cheeks had flushed crimson,
+and before he knew what he was saying he had come out with a muttered
+remark in which the word "gentleman" was loud enough for all at the
+table to hear, and that is a very awkward word to handle sometimes.
+
+That was the reason no one said anything for a moment. Silences were
+rare in that room. He did not go on with the discussion of the
+defective coaching system. Nor did the others.
+
+A little later as he started for the campus old Jack Stehman joined
+him and said, in his sober, conscientious way, "Say, Dougal, you had
+no business saying what you did about Jimmy. Of course you didn't mean
+it, but you had better apologize, don't you think?"
+
+Davis said he did not look at it in that way, and changed the subject.
+Before he got to sleep that night he saw what a fool he had made of
+himself, and made up his mind to apologize to Linton before the whole
+table. But that was in the middle of the night.
+
+The next day there were guests at the club. The following day Linton
+dined out. The day after that Davis tried to make himself do it as
+they sat about the fireplace, but he postponed it until some time when
+his heart was not beating so loud, for he did not feel himself called
+upon to make a scene before the whole club. When he thought over what
+he meant to say it all seemed very ridiculous, and he blushed at the
+thought of it. Linton of all fellows would dislike any slopping over
+of this sort. So he changed his mind and decided to speak to Linton
+alone about it.
+
+But it was a very hard thing for a man like Davis to talk to a man
+like Linton about a thing like this. There was something about Linton
+that he did not understand. He was the one man that made him
+self-conscious. He always felt as though Linton saw through him and
+understood how ambitious he was, and was laughing at him for his
+strenuous struggling. He told himself that he did not propose to be in
+awe of a lazy dilettante who thought himself a clever reader of human
+nature. But that did not help him to apologize. And the longer he put
+it off the harder it became, naturally. And the longer he put it off
+the more he found to dislike in Linton, which was also natural, only
+you would not have thought this of Davis.
+
+After a while he began wondering how he had taken to Linton in the
+first place, and why the other fellows liked him so much. Every time
+they were together he began comparing himself with him. By most
+standards Davis ought to have been satisfied. Linton himself never
+seemed to think of comparison. He seemed to calmly take it for granted
+that Dougal was a wonderful man, and often referred to it as an
+acknowledged fact. He seemed to be glad to speak of it. But he had a
+way of making fellows love him that was galling to the man that led
+the class.
+
+All the college bowed down to Dougal Davis; not twenty under-classmen
+knew who Linton was. But Timberly and Reddy Armstrong and Jack Stehman
+had a way of throwing an arm about lazy Linton, whom they loved, that
+it did not occur to them to do with the wonderful Dougal Davis, whom
+they admired. Davis wanted that love. He wanted everything. You see he
+had quite a disposition to contend with.
+
+So he kept on having disagreeable times with himself and the
+conscience which would not let up. Finally he made up his mind to
+patch it all up on Commencement Day, and he had hit upon a plan by
+which he could make just amends to Linton, he told himself, and duly
+punish himself at the same time, and then he could graduate in peace.
+
+Meanwhile he would have to stop thinking about that and walk down from
+the stage with the other Commencement speakers, for Charles Benjamin
+Howard had finished telling people about the Utility of Difference,
+and the orchestra was playing "Ta-ra-ra boom de ay."
+
+There was an intermission of ten minutes now. After that would come
+the announcement of prizes and the conferring of degrees, then
+Smith's valedictory, followed by the benediction, and then the class
+would walk out into the world with their little diplomas under their
+arms tied with pretty ribbons.
+
+The audience changed their positions and looked about at the other
+people there, whispered to each other, and went to fanning again. Some
+of the fathers looked at their watches and yawned and wished
+Commencement was over with behind their programmes, and fell to
+thinking about things in the office which they had come here to
+forget.
+
+Other old grads. smiled kindly, and remembered how they used to do
+when they were in college. The young alumnus looked pityingly at the
+graduating class in the front rows and thought how little these boys
+knew about the big world he knew so much of.
+
+Meanwhile the juniors and the lower classmen were very active and
+noisy in the rear of the old church. The Whig men were gathering on
+the left-hand side, and Clio Hall on the right. Many reinforcements
+were arriving that had not been near the church during the other
+exercises. The aisles became jammed. The seats were already so.
+
+Suddenly a man jumped up on a pew, and screamed, "Now, fellows! Clio
+Hall, this way! Hip-hip!"
+
+"Clio Hall--this way!" came out with startling force from many
+throats.
+
+This woke everyone up, and those that had never been there before were
+a little shocked for a moment. The loud voices echoed strangely
+against the old walls and among the old pillars and under the old
+galleries, which by the way are used to all this and weren't surprised
+a bit. No doubt they miss it these days.
+
+Then the left-hand side of the church raised its voice and said, "Whig
+Hall, this way! Whig Hall this wa-ay!" in still fiercer tones. Then
+Clio called itself together again, and then Whig Hall cheered and so
+did Clio, and gave a long cheer and so did Whig. Then both cheered for
+themselves at once, and tried to drown each other out, and succeeded.
+They kept this up until time was called. That is, the clerk of the
+board of trustees arose and stretched his long neck and began to
+announce the prizes from a long list in his hand. This was
+interesting.
+
+Whenever he read out an award in his strong voice, it was met with a
+tremendous cheer from the Hall whose member won the prize. It mattered
+not whether the honor was one for which a literary society's training
+could count; they cheered anyway, whether it was a fellowship in
+modern languages or a prize in the School of Science draughtsmanship.
+Nor did it matter whether the man had never since the first week after
+his initiation worked the combination lock of the Hall door. They
+cheered him anyway. And when the two societies were in doubt as to
+which he belonged to, they both cheered. It made magnificent noise.
+
+There are a great many of these prizes. One has no idea until
+Commencement comes that there are so many advertised in the catalogue;
+and the clerk read each one out in a loud voice, and then waited for
+the cheering to cease.
+
+Dougal Davis had heard his name announced three times, and each time
+the cheer rang out from the enthusiastic throng in the rear he felt
+the little echoing thrill inside of him.
+
+Once as he stepped down from the platform he caught a glimpse of a man
+leading the cheer for him. The man's back was turned, but he saw him
+standing there 'way up on the railing of the pew in his excitement,
+and he saw his arms vigorously jerking out the cheer.
+
+Davis was used to this sort of thing and he held his features very
+well, though as he marched up for the third time he felt rather
+foolish, for the audience were smiling audibly at the sight of Dougal
+Davis, of Persia, running off with so many prizes. Timberly asked him
+when he came down, "Why don't you stay up there, Dougal? I'd sit on
+the edge platform and swing my legs."
+
+It was only at the announcement of the Lynde prize debate that he felt
+at all tremulous. His friends kept telling him that he was sure of it,
+but he felt that he would not get it. This is, as everyone knows, the
+greatest inter-Hall prize offered, and many people consider it the
+greatest honor of a college lifetime. It was quite enough for a fellow
+to feel weak at the stomach over. Dougal kept repeating under his
+breath, "What's the difference, what's the difference?" and he
+reminded himself that there were a second and a third prize as well as
+the first, and that any way, even if he won none of them, it was a
+pretty fine thing to have secured the appointment from his Hall.
+Besides, he was doing so many things that he could afford to drop an
+honor or two.
+
+"The Lynde Prize Debate," came in the resonant tones of the tall,
+gaunt clerk. Everything was very still.
+
+The cheerers were silent. The two leaders were standing on tip-toe,
+each with his elbows doubled up and mouth half open, ready to begin
+the cheer. One of them, however, would have to keep still. Dougal shut
+his lips.
+
+"First prize awarded to Dougal Davis, of Pers----"
+
+Then came the loud, eager "'Ray! 'Ray! 'Ray!'" of the quick cheer, and
+then two more quick ones, and next a long one with "Davis!" on the
+end, then the word "Davis! Davis! Davis!" that way, three times. Then
+they began giving more quick cheers again and a few long ones, as if
+they had just started.
+
+Meanwhile the clerk kept his sober gaze upon the paper in his hand,
+waiting to announce the second and third winners and pretending to be
+annoyed at the delay, though enjoying it as much as any girl in the
+audience.
+
+"Good work, Dougal, good work," cried one of the four fellows pounding
+him on the back.
+
+Dougal did not smile slightly or look unconcerned. He grinned all over
+his face and enjoyed it. As soon as the attention was taken away from
+him he leaned back in the corner of the pew and enjoyed it some more.
+That is the way to do.
+
+He was still tense and excited from his victory when a few minutes
+later he heard the clerk reading off something about the new
+fellowship in Political Science. This was the one he had gone in for,
+and he had felt doubtful over the result, because he had not been able
+to spend as much time upon it as he wanted to, and it required a great
+deal. However, the only other man in the race was nothing to be afraid
+of. But all the same a little dart of dread shot through him now, and
+he thought what if he should lose it after all. It would not do at
+all. This was what he wanted more than any of the honors. He had a
+particular reason for wanting to win it. This he failed to do.
+
+Before he was quite aware of what was taking place the clerk had
+already made the announcement and the crowd were wildly cheering,
+cheering that other fellow as if they had never heard of Dougal Davis.
+He felt like a man that steps off a bridge in the dark; he heard the
+splash and felt a shock, but he did not know just what had happened.
+He had never been beaten in anything before. It came very hard. But
+that was not what made it hurt so much. It was because Linton had won
+it.
+
+He could not help thinking of the little speech he had planned to make
+that evening--"Well, you see, Jimmie, I haven't time for it, anyway. I
+have to go to the Seminary, and maybe to the Medical College after
+that. So I thought I would resign, and I hope you'll apply for it and
+come back to the old place for another year. You're sure to get it,
+if you apply for it." Wasn't it a pretty little speech?
+
+He turned and glanced over at Linton, who sat with his head nestled
+contentedly against Reddy Armstrong's shoulder, while the
+happy-looking fellows all around him were punching and pounding him
+and rumpling up his hair as if they never would cease; and as if they
+were glad Dougal Davis was beaten. Linton himself only raised his
+eyebrows and shook his head deprecatingly. He seemed to take it all
+very easily, as if he were accustomed to winning prizes and beating
+Dougal Davis, and he still wore that imperturbable look, and Davis
+knew that it would have been just as imperturbable and contented
+looking if he had lost.
+
+And this spoiled the salutatorian's day of triumph. He did not glance
+back now to where his sister and aunt were sitting. He forgot to
+unroll his sheepskin as the others did when they came down from the
+stage with them. He blew his breath through it against the palm of his
+hand and looked absent-mindedly at the scratched paint of the
+old-fashioned pew. He remained thus all through Smith's valedictory,
+except once when the speaker stretched out both arms and the class
+arose; then he listened for a moment and said, "Biff!" under his
+breath. When it was all over he passed out with his class and through
+the gazing throng, thinking not of the much that he had won, but only
+of the one thing he had lost, and this was unfortunate, because much
+people were looking at him and thinking how fine it was to be Davis,
+and that is fame, and it was too bad to miss it.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+Linton had no ambition and he colored meerschaum beautifully. He was
+usually mum in a crowd, but he was fine company on a long
+cross-country walk, and he knew more about ordering a dinner than any
+man on the campus, except one of the faculty.
+
+When he did not want you in his room he told you so, and he was the
+kind of a fellow you would do anything for after you came to know him.
+
+He had a very efficient sense of humor, which does not mean that he
+said funny things at the table. Some people thought him sarcastic. But
+many fellows went to him for advice or sympathy, and it was not only
+because he could keep his mouth absolutely closed.
+
+Linton had a walking acquaintance with every road, lane, and pathway
+within a radius of twenty miles of the campus. He knew how long it
+took to cover any route, and where there were good places to stop and
+rest, especially the quaint ones where they served it in mugs.
+
+Here he used to sit and sip and smoke the golden afternoon away,
+dreaming of how it all must have been years ago in the old stage coach
+days when the horses drew up on the clattering cobble-stones and the
+passengers alighted and looked about and asked how many more miles it
+was, and the red-faced driver jumped down from the box and swaggered
+into the tap-room, and called for a pint of ale, and told the landlord
+how bad the pike was near New Brunswick.
+
+He considered himself somewhat of an artist. There were ever so many
+bits that he was fond of showing you if he thought you could
+appreciate them; like the bend in the canal up toward Baker's basin,
+with peculiar water and willow-coloring in springtime. Linton said it
+was like a French water-color. He used to carry a gun over his
+shoulder, and say he was going snipe-shooting; really it was to look
+for things like this, and get up a big appetite for dinner. He could
+also point out a view of gentle hills and rolling green fields on the
+way to Kingston that was a good imitation of English landscape, he
+said, and he knew just where the tower of the School of Science ought
+to make an effect through treetops, like the view of Magdalen tower
+from a point in Addison's walk, if it were only beautiful Gothic
+instead of ugly Renaissance. But perhaps all this was merely to show
+that he had once canoed down the Thames from Oxford to London.
+
+He was very well up in the ancient history of the town, also. He knew
+all about most of the old houses, and he had sketches of the best of
+the old brass-knockers and colonial doorways. It is said that he used
+to prowl about on moonlight nights for this purpose. Small
+window-panes were another thing he was insane over. He had substituted
+for the ordinary panes of his windows, dingy little square ones with
+thick frames painted black. Some of the fellows said the reason he did
+this was to be odd. Linton blew smoke, and said yes, that was the
+reason.
+
+But it was the old campus that he loved the most. He knew just about
+all there was to find out about it, and dreamed a great deal more.
+
+He had ever so many favorite aspects, such as the one of the back of
+the Dean's house--with small, square window-panes--from away over at a
+point between Whig and Clio Halls, and the rear view of Prospect
+across the stretch of sloping meadow toward the canal, and a number of
+congenial little spots that meant something to him, like the stone
+buttress at the bottom of the tower of Witherspoon, a great place to
+warm your back against in spring sunshine, with the blue smoke
+trickling lazily from your mouth and the fellows batting up flies on
+the old diamond; and then for midnight chats there were the smooth
+steps of chapel with the elms saying things in low tones overhead. But
+those midnight chats were all over now. It was Commencement Day, and
+it was the saddest thing that had ever happened to Linton.
+
+He was not at all anxious to spring forth into the world and battle
+with opportunity and all the other things that the class-day speakers
+and the valedictorian said that he was going to do. He thought this
+little world was good enough for him, and there wasn't much spring in
+him.
+
+Ever since he could read he had been told that youth was the happiest
+time in life, and he had come to the conclusion that it must be so. He
+did not like the idea of giving it up. He had become well settled
+where he was, and had just gotten rid of a persistent siege of
+kid-pessimism--of which he was now very much ashamed--and was just
+beginning to realize what a big, beautiful, real thing friendship was,
+and now--Jack and Timber and Billy and Red, where would they all be in
+three days' time? It seemed pretty sudden, this thing of breaking up.
+
+And there was very little comfort to him in the thought of coming back
+next year. What would the old place be without the old class. He did
+not like to think about it.
+
+It struck the class as a pretty joke for Jimmie Linton to bob up and
+win a fellowship. "How did you happen to do it?" said Tucker, on the
+way out of church. "I didn't know you had any brains."
+
+"Didn't you?" said Linton; "I've quite a lot of them. And I worked
+like a good little boy for that fellowship; but nobody will give me
+any credit for it. They all know that if Dougal hadn't been too busy
+with other things, I would have had no show." He was quite right.
+There was nothing modest in this. Dougal Davis had about as good
+powers of acquisition as anyone graduated since the time of Aaron
+Burr.
+
+Political science was not strictly in Linton's line. He wrote things
+for the Lit., and elected all the English courses. He was a great
+browser in Elizabethan literature, and when he dabbled in verse this
+was evident. One of the exchanges once called him a nineteenth century
+Herrick. Linton felt right pleased, and wrote something nice about the
+University of Virginia man that said it in the next Lit., and also
+made it an excuse to give one of his famous spreads. You would have
+expected him to go in for an English fellowship, if for any. But he
+did not go in for any deliberately. He was not in the habit of
+studying his courses more than enough to get through the examinations,
+except when he ran across something he was interested in, or a
+professor he liked. There are many excuses for laziness.
+
+In Political Economy, and such subjects, he liked the lecturer very
+much, and he found himself becoming interested in the primitive man,
+and the origin of society, and all that. The farther he went in the
+course, the more interested he became. He went to the library, and
+often walked past the Elizabethan alcove. Next he began buying the
+books, because he liked to feel that he owned them, and rub them up
+against his cheek, and he soon had a shelf full of Bagehot and big,
+thick Sir Henry Maine and others.
+
+Then because he had never done anything serious during his course, and
+because he knew it would please his people and amuse the fellows, he
+announced his intention of trying for the Political Science
+fellowship. There was no one else in for it.
+
+He went about it scientifically, and was surprised to find how much
+enthusiasm he had aroused in himself. He had never known before what a
+fine thing study was. He said he wished he had done more of it during
+his college course.
+
+He was surprised when he heard a few weeks later that Dougal Davis was
+in the field. Historical work he thought was still further out of
+Davis's line. But he only rolled over on the divan and went on
+reading. For he argued thus: "I like this stuff and I don't see how it
+can hurt me to learn a lot about something. If I don't fetch a
+fellowship I won't have to correct examination papers. I'd hate to
+correct examination papers."
+
+One day at the club he asked Dougal--he sat opposite--what he wanted
+with political science. Davis cleared his throat and said every
+preacher of modern times should know something of sociology, which was
+undoubtedly true. But that was not the reason. And somehow Linton
+guessed it.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+It was twilight and the class had gathered together on the steps of
+Old North for their last senior singing. Only they were no longer
+seniors; it was "by and by" now, and they were out in the "wide, wide
+world." They huddled up close together as if half frightened at the
+thought of its being the last time.
+
+There were but few undergrads. stretched out under the elms to listen,
+and most of these were the juniors--seniors they were now--waiting to
+rapaciously take possession of the steps the moment the present
+occupants marched off for their last supper together at nightfall.
+These and a handful of the out-of-town visitors were all that were
+left of the big Commencement crowds that had been gathering there
+every evening to hear the seniors sing. Sometimes they had felt that
+they would have preferred being left a little more to themselves, if
+it were possible, during the last days of college life.
+
+But now this unmolested aloneness only added to their dreariness and
+made them feel the ghastly certainty of this evening's being the end
+of all. The grass was trampled and faded, and the crowd that had
+trodden it was gone. The bell in Old North belfry rang out painfully
+loud.
+
+"Well, fellows, let's sing," said the leader, rising slowly. He raised
+his chin and then bobbed his head and started up, "The Orange and the
+Black," just as they had all seen him do many times before.
+
+They sang as they had never sung before. It did not matter what were
+the words of the song. "They stole his wallet, they stole his staff,"
+had nothing in it that was especially apropos of college friendships
+or the sadness of farewell, but the way they sang it, with the
+long-drawn "Ramski Ho," meant something. It was so full of
+association. And no one noticed this time whether the man behind him
+was on a key of his own. His only thought was, "When shall I hear
+Billy's good old bark again after to-night?" And when Sam's and when
+Ed's and Big Hill's and Little Hill's and where would be the fellow a
+year from now whose shoulder was next to his own.
+
+During the past month or two the class of Ninety Blank had been drawn
+very close together by the thought of what was coming. They had never
+been very seriously cliqued up, but what there was of dissension was
+forgotten, and they were now one solid crowd. Fellows who had never
+anything to do with each other before except to say, "Hello, there,
+Ray!" and "Hello, Harry!" had taken to strolling around the campus
+together arm-in-arm talking about what they were going to do next year
+and wondering why they had never happened to see more of each other in
+the past, and regretting that there were to be no opportunities for
+doing so in the future.
+
+But during the excitement of Commencement week, with the crowds of old
+grads. and of girls and the big baseball game and the concerts and
+Class Day full of its exhibition farewells in the church and around
+the cannon, and the teas and the big dance on Tuesday night, and the
+many other things that filled up every moment of every day and
+night--together with the responsibility of seeing to the entertainment
+of their guests--all this, and the feeling of importance at being the
+cause of so much color and sound had in a measure distracted their
+minds from the thought of what it all meant. But now all that was
+changed.
+
+The last of the display ceremonies was finished. The class had their
+diplomas. It was all over. The rollicking old grads. with their many
+reunions and their old-fashioned cheers and their funny songs had left
+for the city and business again for a year. The girls and their
+mothers and their parasols had vanished like the chinese lanterns
+among the trees. The campus was almost deserted, and except for their
+own voices, was as still as a cemetery. Each man on the steps was
+realizing as he never had done before how glad had been those four
+years, and how startlingly fast they had sped by, and how much more
+these friends of his meant to him than he had ever imagined friends
+could mean.
+
+Two of the number had been obliged to pack their trunks and depart
+during the afternoon without waiting for the banquet. The whole class
+were at the station to see them off. They did it in the old-fashioned
+way, with much cheering and singing, and the old custom of lifting
+them up and putting them through the car windows. Then after each man
+had shaken the hands of those departing, and said, "God bless you,
+Tommy," they had watched while the little train rolled down the grade
+and became smaller and smaller, and they cheered until the two men
+waving their hats on the rear platform were hidden behind the curve.
+Then they marched solemnly back across the campus again, and tried to
+go on with the packing of their own trunks.
+
+But few had been able to remain very long in the lonely, old, familiar
+dens. There were too many things to suggest the old times which sent
+big wedges into throats, and they realized that there were to be few
+enough opportunities of being with those fellows out under the trees
+to waste time in dreary packing. "It's too deuced hot up there in my
+room," said Harry Lawrence to Billy Nolan.
+
+For the most part they had spent the afternoon in silent, moody
+wanderings, in groups of twos and fours and half dozens, all about the
+old, dear, familiar landmarks of the campus. Now at evening they were
+gathered together as a body again. This was to be the last time. And
+that thought kept recurring to each man on the steps.
+
+It was about dusk now. The front campus was wrapped in that strange
+half-glow that sometimes comes at late senior singing time. It was
+very much in keeping with other elements of the scene, and it had its
+effect upon the fellows.
+
+Old North seemed solemn and dignified, but somehow more gentle and
+caressable than formerly. Even the old elms, who have seen this thing
+happen so many, many times, ceased whispering for a space and
+listened. John, the college policeman, left Reunion for his home down
+William Street, and Sam, the night watchman, said, "Good-night, John,"
+and took his place. Bill Leggett took down his lantern and started
+around to light the campus lamps as he always did at this hour. The
+village street seemed far off, and its lights and its bit of life
+seemed part of another world. There was a pause in the singing.
+
+It lasted a long time. Tucker scratched a match on the stone steps.
+The crack seemed very loud. Those near by turned and watched him light
+his pipe and watched him throw the match to the ground. It kept on
+burning for a little while. They watched it until it went out.
+
+Presently Doc. Devereaux, the leader, said, "Fellows, there are a lot
+of chairs and benches scattered about. Let's drag them up here in
+front of the steps and make a circle." They all arose and did it as if
+it had been a command.
+
+The rattling of the chairs against each other sounded harsh and
+discordant, and yet no one seemed to want to lessen it. Some of the
+fellows laughed and joked a little, as though they weren't thinking of
+anything serious. It made a large circle. They sat down in comparative
+silence. The Class President arose and said, "Say, fellows, let's sing
+'Here's to you, my jovial friend,' all around the class, and each man
+stand up while we're singing to him."
+
+They started with the President and went around to the left. You know
+that drinking song. It's a simple little salute, but there's more
+heart in its swelling high notes than in anything ever written. But
+perhaps that is because of its association.
+
+"Here's to you, Jack Stehman," they sang.
+
+ "Here's to you, my jovial friend,
+ And we'll drink with all our heart,
+ For sake of company--
+ We'll drink before we part,
+ Here's to you, Jack Stehman."
+
+Stehman, the President, had arisen when his name was called, and
+remained standing while the song was carried through. The big fellow
+seemed to loom up bigger than ever in the half dark. He arose with his
+old, well-known slouch, and the sight of this little characteristic
+brought up to every one of them the whole big, lovable personality of
+the man.
+
+He started to look around at the fellows and smile as they began to
+sing, but the clear, warm notes rang out, "We'll drink before we
+part," and he changed his mind and looked down at the grass under his
+feet. He was not embarrassed. He merely preferred looking down. It was
+so different from Class Day, when he had made his much-applauded
+President's address, and told people in his nice set speech about the
+sadness of farewell and the beauty of the elms. He was the one all the
+girls had asked the most questions about. The class censor had guyed
+him about his brand new dignity and his good looks. Nobody was
+feeling like guying him now.
+
+Little Stacy sat next. He did not stand up very high. There was not
+much to him. He had been a poler all through the course, and you would
+not have expected the thing to affect him very much, but you could see
+his thin hands working nervously along the edge of his coat as he
+looked about at the half-darkened crowd of faces, and he smiled his
+foolish, little, self-conscious smile. The little chap had no idea
+that they would ever sing to him in that way, and when he heard Harry
+Lawrence's strong bass come out with "And we'll drink with all our
+heart," he fairly quivered. When he sat down the President reached a
+big arm about him.
+
+Then came Reddy Armstrong. He was not very tall either. He stood up
+very straight and stiff with his round, freckled face screwed up into
+funny twists. He only stared straight ahead into nothing. He looked
+dazed. He was dazed. He had been through some very queer things that
+day. "Poor little Red," thought Linton as he looked at him.
+
+All around the big circle went the song until it ended with Timberly,
+who sat on Stehman's right. By this time it was too dark to see
+Timberly's queer features. Perhaps it was just as well.
+
+"Now," said the President, simply, "let's all cross hands and sing
+'Auld Lang Syne.' Doc., start it up, please."
+
+They arose, and each man gave his right-hand comrade his left hand,
+and his left-hand comrade his right, and they sang the good old song
+in the good old way, with the clasped hands swinging far up and down
+in time to the music.
+
+Presently the song was finished. It seemed to stop suddenly. They all
+waited a moment in silence to see whether the leader had another verse
+to begin.
+
+But he did not. Jack Stehman stepped out into the middle of the ring.
+"Now, fellows," he said, "let's give three good rousing cheers for the
+dear old class--God bless every man in it--and then we'll give up the
+steps to the juniors--the seniors I mean--and march four abreast to
+the dinner. Are you ready? Hip! hip! ... another one--Hip! hip!"
+
+Linton was standing apart over beside the steps. His back was turned
+toward the others.
+
+While the rest were cheering, Dougal Davis crossed over to him.
+
+"Jim," he said, "I haven't congratulated you yet on winning the
+fellowship."
+
+Linton kept on looking at the newly planted class ivy. His hands were
+in his pockets and his legs spread apart.
+
+"Did you notice that I hadn't, Jim?"
+
+Linton turned around suddenly. "Oh, yes, I noticed it. But that was
+this morning." He put his hand on Davis's shoulder as in junior year.
+
+"Shut up, Dougal," he said; "we haven't any time to waste in talk."
+
+"All right," said Dougal. "Don't let's be left behind. They are
+starting." He laughed a little. It was a foolish-sounding laugh.
+Linton did not observe that. He laughed also, in very much the same
+way.
+
+They stepped in line with the others and marched off the campus
+singing, with all their might,
+
+ "Nassau! Nassau! Ring out the chorus free.
+ Nassau! Nassau! Thy jolly sons are we.
+ Care shall be forgotten, all our sorrows flung away,
+ While we are marching thro' Princeton."
+
+
+
+
+BRIEF LIST of Books of Fiction Published by Charles Scribner's Sons,
+153-157 Fifth Avenue, New York.
+
+
+_William Waldorf Astor._
+
+=Valentino:= An Historical Romance. 12mo, $1.00. =Sforza:= A Story of
+Milan. 12mo, $1.50.
+
+"The story is full of clear-cut little tableaux of mediæval Italian
+manners, customs and observances. The movement throughout is spirited,
+the reproduction of bygone times realistic."--_The New York Tribune._
+
+
+_Arlo Bates._
+
+=A Wheel of Fire.= 12mo, paper, 50cts.; cloth, $1.00.
+
+"The novel deals with character rather than incident, and is evolved
+from one of the most terrible of moral problems with a subtlety not
+unlike that of Hawthorne."--_The Critic._
+
+
+_W. H. Bishop._
+
+=A Pound of Cure.= 12mo, $1.00.
+
+"A powerful and purposeful story, clean and strong and interesting
+throughout."--_The Churchman._
+
+
+_Hjalmar H. Boyesen._
+
+=Falconberg.= Illustrated. 12mo, $1.50. =Gunnar.= Sq. 12mo, paper, 50
+cts.; cloth, $1.25. =Tales from Two Hemispheres.= Sq. 12mo, $1.00. =Ilka
+on the Hill Top=, and Other Stories. Sq. 12mo, $1.00. =Queen Titania.=
+Sq. 12mo, $1.00. =Social Strugglers.= 12mo, $1.25.
+
+"Mr. Boyesen's stories possess a sweetness, a tenderness and a
+drollery that are fascinating, and yet they are no more attractive
+than they are strong."--_The Home Journal._
+
+
+_Robert Bridges._
+
+=Overheard in Arcady.= 12mo, illustrated, $1.25.
+
+"The cleverest book of the year. Aside from the humor, it is a keen
+and subtile criticism of living authors."--_Atlanta Constitution._
+
+
+_Noah Brooks._
+
+=Tales of the Maine Coast.= 12mo, $1.00.
+
+"They are all good; 'Pansy Pegg' is a classic. Hawthorne did few, if
+any, better things than 'A Century Ago.'"--_Boston Advertiser._
+
+
+_H. C. Bunner_.
+
+=The Story of a New York House.= Illustrated by A. B. Frost. 12mo,
+$1.25. =The Midge.= 12mo, paper, 50 cts.; cloth, $1.00. =Zadoc Pine=, and
+Other Stories. 12mo, pap., 50 cts.; clo., $1.00.
+
+"It is Mr. Bunner's delicacy of touch and appreciation of what is
+literary art that give his writings distinctive quality. Everything
+Mr. Bunner paints shows the happy appreciation of an author who has
+not alone mental discernment, but the artistic appreciation."--_N. Y.
+Times._
+
+
+_Frances Hodgson Burnett._
+
+=That Lass o' Lowrie's.= Illustrated. paper, 50 cts; cloth, $1.25.
+=Haworth's.= Illustrated. 12mo, $1.25. =Through One Administration.= 12mo,
+$1.50. =Louisiana.= 12mo, $1.25. =A Fair Barbarian.= 12mo, paper, 50 cts.,
+cloth, $1.25. =Vagabondia=: A Love Story. 12mo, paper, 50 cts.; cloth,
+$1.25. =Surly Tim=, and Other Stories. 12mo, $1.25. =Earlier Stories.=
+First Series. =Earlier Stories.= Second Series. 12mo, each, paper, 50
+cts.; cloth, $1.25. =The Pretty Sister of José.= Illustrated by C. S.
+Reinhart. 12mo, $1.00.
+
+=Little Lord Fauntleroy.= Sq. 8vo, $2.00. =Sara Crewe.= Sq. 8vo, $1.00.
+=Little Saint Elizabeth=, and Other Stories. Sq. 8vo, $1.50. =Giovanni
+and the Other.= Sq. 8vo, $2.00. Illustrated by R. B. Birch.
+
+"Mrs. Burnett discovers gracious secrets in rough and forbidding
+natures--the sweetness that often underlies their bitterness--the soul
+of goodness in things evil. She seems to have an intuitive perception
+of character."--RICHARD HENRY STODDARD.
+
+
+_William Allen Butler_.
+
+=Domesticus.= A Tale of the Imperial City. 12mo, $1.25.
+
+
+_George W. Cable_.
+
+=The Grandissimes.= 12mo, paper, 50 cts., cloth, $1.25. =Old Creole Days.=
+12mo, cloth, $1.25; also in two parts, paper, each, 30 cts. =Dr.
+Sevier.= 12mo, paper, 50 cts.; cloth, $1.25. =Bonaventure.= 12mo, paper,
+50 cts; $1.25. _The set, 4 vols., $5.00_. =John March, Southerner.= (_In
+Press._)
+
+"There are few living American writers who can reproduce for us more
+perfectly than Mr. Cable does, in his best moments, the speech, the
+manners, the whole social atmosphere of a remote time and a peculiar
+people. A delicious flavor of humor penetrates his stories."--_The New
+York Tribune._
+
+
+_Rebecca Harding Davis._
+
+=Silhouettes of American Life.= 12mo, paper, 50 cts.; cloth, $1.00.
+
+"There are altogether thirteen stories in the volume, all written in
+that direct, forcible style which is Mrs. Davis's distinctive merit as
+a producer of fiction."--_Boston Beacon._
+
+
+_Richard Harding Davis._
+
+=Gallegher=, and Other Stories. 12mo, paper, 50 cts.; cloth, $1.00.
+
+"The freshness, the strength, and the vivid picturesqueness of the
+stories are indisputable, and their originality and their marked
+distinction are no less decided."--_Boston Saturday Gazette._
+
+
+_Paul Du Chaillu._
+
+=Ivar the Viking.= 12mo, $1.50.
+
+"The story of a typical Norseman in the third and fourth centuries.
+The volume is a thrilling and an interesting one."--_Boston
+Advertiser._
+
+
+_Edward Eggleston._
+
+=Roxy.= =The Circuit Rider.= Illustrated. Each, 12mo, $1.50.
+
+"Dr. Eggleston's fresh and vivid portraiture of a phase of life and
+manners hitherto almost unrepresented in literature; its boldly
+contrasted characters, and its unconventional, hearty, religious
+spirit, took hold of the public imagination."--_The Christian Union._
+
+
+_Erckmann-Chatrian._
+
+=The Conscript.= Illustrated. =Waterloo.= Illustrated. Sequel to The
+Conscript. =Madame Thérèse.= =The Blockade of Phalsburg.= Illustrated. =The
+Invasion of France in 1814.= Illustrated. =A Miller's Story of the War.=
+Illustrated.
+
+_The National Novels, each, $1.25; the set, 6 vols., $7.50._
+
+=Friend Fritz.= 12mo, paper, 50 cts.; cloth, $1.25.
+
+
+_Harold Frederic._
+
+=Seth's Brother's Wife.= 12mo, $1.25. =The Lawton Girl.= 12mo, $1.25;
+paper, 50 cts. =In the Valley.= Illustrated. 12mo, $1.50. =The
+Copperhead.= 12mo, $1.00. =Marsena=, and Other Stories. 12mo, $1.00.
+
+"It is always a pleasure to welcome a vigorous new-comer in
+literature, and the talents of Mr. Frederic abundantly entitle him to
+this description. Mr. Frederic is a realist and his work is well
+done."--_Boston Post._
+
+
+_Eugene Field._
+
+=A Little Book of Profitable Tales.= 16mo, $1.25.
+
+"This pretty little volume promises to perpetuate examples of a wit,
+humor and pathos, quaint and rare in their kind."--_New York Tribune._
+
+
+_James Anthony Froude._
+
+=The Two Chiefs of Dunboy.= An Irish Romance of the Last Century. 12mo,
+paper, 50 cts.; cloth, $1.50.
+
+"The narrative is full of vigor, spirit and dramatic power. It will
+unquestionably be widely read, for it presents a vivid and life-like
+study of character with romantic color, and adventurous incident for
+the background."--_The New York Tribune._
+
+
+_Robert Grant._
+
+=Face to Face.= 12mo, paper, 50cts.; cloth, $1.25. =The Reflections of a
+Married Man.= 12 mo, paper, 50 cts.; cloth, $1.00. =The Opinions of a
+Philosopher.= 12mo, illustrated, $1.00.
+
+"In the 'Reflections,' Mr. Grant has given us a capital little book
+which should easily strike up literary comradeship with 'The Reveries
+of a Bachelor.'"--_Boston Transcript._
+
+
+_Edward Everett Hale._
+
+=Philip Nolan's Friends.= Illust'd. 12mo, paper, 50cts.; cloth, $1.50.
+
+"There is no question, we think, that this is Mr. Hale's completest
+and best novel."--_The Atlantic Monthly._
+
+
+_Marion Harland._
+
+=Judith.= 12mo, paper, 50 cts.; cloth, $1.00. =Handicapped.= 12mo, $1.50.
+=With the Best Intentions.= 12mo, cloth, $1.00; paper, 50 cts.
+
+"Fiction has afforded no more charming glimpses of old Virginia life
+than are found in this delightful story, with its quaint pictures, its
+admirably drawn characters, its wit, and its frankness."--_The
+Brooklyn Daily Times._
+
+
+_Joel Chandler Harris._
+
+=Free Joe,= and Other Georgian Sketches. 12mo, paper, 50 cts.; cloth,
+$1.00.
+
+"The author's skill as a story writer has never been more felicitously
+illustrated than in this volume."--_The New York Sun._
+
+
+_Augustus Allen Hayes._
+
+=The Jesuit's Ring.= 12mo, paper, 50 cts.; cloth, $1.00.
+
+"The conception of the story is excellent."--_The Boston Traveller._
+
+
+_George A. Hibbard._
+
+=The Governor=, and Other Stories. 12mo, cloth, $1.00; paper, 50 cts.
+
+"It is still often urged that, except in remote corners, there is
+nothing in our American life which appeals to the artistic sense, but
+certainly these stories are American to the core, and yet the artistic
+sense is strong in them throughout."--_Critic._
+
+
+_Dr. J. G. Holland._
+
+=Sevenoaks.= =The Bay Path.= =Arthur Bonnicastle.= =Miss Gilbert's Career.=
+=Nicholas Minturn.= Each, 12mo, $1.25; the set, $6.25. =Sevenoaks= and
+=Arthur Bonnicastle=. Each, paper, 50 cts.
+
+"Dr. Holland will always find a congenial audience in the homes of
+culture and refinement. He does not affect the play of the darker and
+fiercer passions, but delights in the sweet images that cluster around
+the domestic hearth. He cherishes a strong fellow-feeling with the
+pure and tranquil life in the modest social circles of the American
+people, and has thus won his way to the companionship of many friendly
+hearts."--_The New York Tribune._
+
+
+_Thomas A. Janvier._
+
+=Color Studies, and a Mexican Campaign.= 12mo, paper, 50 cts.; cloth,
+$1.00.
+
+"Piquant, novel and ingenious, these little stories, with all their
+simplicity, have excited a wide interest. The best of them, 'Jaune
+D'Antimoine,' is a little wonder in its dramatic effect, its ingenious
+construction."--_Critic._
+
+
+_Henry Kingsley._
+
+=Ravenshoe.= =Geoffrey Hammond.= =Austin Elliott.= 12mo. (_In press._)
+
+
+_George P. Lathrop._
+
+=Newport.= 12mo, paper, 50 cts.; cloth, $1.25. =An Echo of Passion.= 12mo,
+paper, 50 cts.; cloth, $1.00. =In the Distance.= 12mo, paper, 50 cts.;
+cloth, $1.00.
+
+"His novels have the refinement of motive which characterize the
+analytical school, but his manner is far more direct and
+dramatic."--_The Christian Union._
+
+
+_Brander Matthews._
+
+=The Secret of the Sea=, and Other Stories. 12mo, paper, 50 cts.; cloth,
+$1.00. =The Last Meeting.= 12mo, cloth, $1.00.
+
+"Mr. Matthews is a man of wide observation and of much familiarity
+with the world. His literary style is bright and crisp, with a
+peculiar sparkle about it--wit and humor judiciously mingled--which
+renders his pages more than ordinarily interesting."--_The Rochester
+Post-Express._
+
+
+_George Meredith._
+
+=Lord Ormont and His Aminta.= 12mo, $1.50.
+
+"A novel for which the lover of literature will do well to put up his
+hands and, in the words of the old grace, be 'truly thankful.'"--_Pall
+Mall Budget._
+
+
+_George Moore._
+
+=Vain Fortune.= 12mo, $1.00.
+
+"How a woman's previous ideas and actions will completely change when
+the medium of a wild, intense love is interposed, was never more
+skillfully sketched."--_Boston Times._
+
+
+_Fitz-James O'Brien._
+
+=The Diamond Lens=, with Other Stories. 12mo, paper, 50 cts.
+
+"These stories are the only things in literature to be compared with
+Poe's work, and if they do not equal it in workmanship, they certainly
+do not yield to it in originality."--_The Philadelphia Record._
+
+
+_Duffield Osborne._
+
+=The Spell of Ashtaroth.= 12mo, $1.00.
+
+"It has a simple but picturesque plot, and the story is told in a
+vividly dramatic way."--_Chicago Times._
+
+
+_Bliss Perry._
+
+=The Broughton House.= 12mo, $1.25. =Salem Kittredge=, and Other Stories.
+12mo, $1.00.
+
+"A wonderfully shrewd and vivid picture of life in one of our hill
+towns in summer."--_Hartford Post._
+
+
+_Thomas Nelson Page._
+
+=In Old Virginia.= Marse Chan and Other Stories. 12mo, $1.25. =On
+Newfound River.= 12mo, $1.00. =Elsket=, and Other Stories. 12mo, $1.00.
+=Marse Chan.= Ills. by Smedley. Sq. 12mo, $1.50. =Meh Lady.= Ills. by
+Reinhart. Sq. 12mo, $1.50. =A New Volume of Stories= (_in press_).
+
+"Mr. Page enjoys the distinction of having written the most exquisite
+story of the war ('Marse Chan') which has yet appeared. His stories
+are beautiful and faithful pictures of a society now become a portion
+and parcel of the irrevocable past."--_Harper's Magazine._
+
+
+_George I. Putnam._
+
+=In Blue Uniform.= 12mo, $1.00. _On the Offensive._ 12mo, $1.00.
+
+"An entertaining picture of life on the frontier by one who knows
+whereof he is writing."--_The Churchman._
+
+
+_Saxe Holm's Stories._
+
+=First Series.= =Second Series.= Each, 12mo, paper, 50cts.; cloth, $1.00.
+
+"Saxe Holm's characters are strongly drawn, and she goes right to the
+heart of human experience, as one who knows the way. We heartily
+commend them as vigorous, wholesome, and sufficiently exciting
+stories."--_The Advance._
+
+
+_Stories from Scribner._
+
+ =Stories of New York.=
+ =Stories of the South.=
+ =Stories of the Sea.=
+ =Stories of the Railway.=
+ =Stories of Italy.=
+ =Stories of the Army.=
+
+Illustrated. Each, 16mo, paper, 50 cts.; cloth, 75 cts.; half calf,
+$1.50.
+
+"Only those who have regularly read Scribner's have any idea of the
+delightful contents of these volumes, for they contain some of the
+best stories written for that periodical. They are exquisitely bound,
+clearly printed on fine paper, and admirably illustrated."--_Boston
+Times._
+
+
+_Robert Louis Stevenson._
+
+=Strange Case of Dr. Jekyll and Mr. Hyde.= 12mo, paper, 25 cts.; cloth,
+$1.00. =Kidnapped.= 12mo, paper, 50 cts.; cloth, ill., $1.25. =The Merry
+Men=, and Other Tales and Fables. 12mo, paper, 35 cts.; cloth, $1.00.
+=New Arabian Nights.= 12mo, paper, 30 cts.; cloth, $1.00. =The Dynamiter.=
+12mo, paper, 30 cts.; cloth, $1.00. =The Black Arrow.= ill. 12mo, paper,
+50 cts.; cloth, $1.00. =The Wrong Box.= 12mo, paper, 50 cts.; cloth,
+$1.00. =The Master of Ballantrae.= 12mo, paper, 50 cts.; cloth, ill.,
+$1.25. =The Wrecker.= 12mo, ill., $1.25. =Island Nights' Entertainments.=
+12mo, ill., $1.25. =David Balfour.= 12mo, $1.50.
+
+"Stevenson belongs to the romantic school of fiction writers. He is
+original in style, charming, fascinating, and delicious, with a
+marvelous command of words, and with a manner ever delightful and
+magnetic."--_Boston Transcript._
+
+
+_Charles Warren Stoddard._
+
+=South Sea Idyls.= 12mo, $1.50.
+
+"Brimful of delicious descriptions of South Sea Island life. Neither
+Loti nor Stevenson has expressed from tropical life the luscious,
+fruity delicacy, or the rich wine-like bouquet of these
+sketches."--_Independent._
+
+
+_T. R. Sullivan._
+
+=Day and Night Stories.= First and Second Series. Each, 12mo, cloth,
+$1.00; paper, 50 cts. =Roses of Shadow.= 12mo, $1.00. =Tom Sylvester.=
+12mo, $1.50.
+
+"Mr. Sullivan's style is at once easy and refined, conveying most
+happily that atmosphere of good breeding and polite society which is
+indispensable to the novel of manners, but which so many of them
+lamentably fail of."--_The Nation._
+
+
+_Frederick J. Stimson_ (_J. S. of Dale_).
+
+=Guerndale.= 12mo, paper, 50 cts.; cloth, $1.25. =The Crime of Henry
+Vane.= 12mo, paper, 50 cts.; cloth, $1.00. =The Sentimental Calendar.=
+Ill. 12mo, $1.00. =First Harvest.= 12mo, $1.25. =The Residuary Legatee.=
+12mo, paper, 35 cts.; cloth, $1.00. =In the Three Zones.= 12mo, $1.00.
+
+"No young novelist in this country seems better equipped than Mr.
+Stimson is."--_The Philadelphia Bulletin._
+
+
+_Frank R. Stockton._
+
+=Pomona's Travels.= Illustrated by A. B. Frost. 12mo, $2.00. =Rudder
+Grange.= 12mo, paper, 60 cts.; cloth, $1.25. Illustrated by A. B.
+Frost. Sq. 12mo, $2.00. =The Late Mrs. Null.= 12mo, paper, 50 cts.;
+cloth, $1.25. =The Lady, or the Tiger?= and Other Stories. 12mo, paper,
+50 cts.; cloth, $1.25. =The Christmas Wreck=, and Other Stories. 12mo,
+paper, 50 cts.; cloth, $1.25. =The Bee-Man of Orn=, and Other Fanciful
+Tales. 12mo, cloth, $1.25. =Amos Kilbright=, with Other Stories. 12mo,
+paper, 50 cts.; cloth, $1.25. =The Rudder Grangers Abroad=, and Other
+Stories. 12mo, paper, 50 cts.; cloth, $1.25. =Ardis Claverden=, new
+edition. 12mo, $1.50.
+
+"Of Mr. Stockton's stories what is there to say, but that they are an
+unmixed blessing and delight? He is surely one of the most inventive
+of talents, discovering not only a new kind in humor and fancy, but
+accumulating an inexhaustible wealth of details in each fresh
+achievement, the least of which would be riches from another
+hand."--W. D. HOWELLS.
+
+
+_Stories by American Authors._
+
+
+_Cloth, 16mo, 50 cts. each; set, 10 vols., $5.00; cabinet edition, in
+sets only, $7.50._
+
+"The public ought to appreciate the value of this series, which is
+preserving permanently in American literature short stories that have
+contributed to its advancement."--_The Boston Globe._
+
+
+_Octave Thanet._
+
+=Expiation.= Illustrated by A. B. Frost. 12mo, paper, 50 cts.; cloth,
+$1.00. =Stories of a Western Town.= 12mo. Illustrated by A. B. Frost.
+$1.25.
+
+"Good, wholesome, and fresh. The Western character has never been
+better presented."--_Boston Courier._
+
+
+_John T. Wheelwright._
+
+=A Child of the Century.= 12mo, paper, 50 cts.; cloth, $1.00.
+
+"A typical story of political and social life, free from cynicism of
+morbid realism, and brimming over with fun."--_The Christian at Work._
+
+
+
+
+
+End of Project Gutenberg's Princeton Stories, by Jesse Lynch Williams
+
+*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 43587 ***